Home Blog Page 10

“These Stones”, not This Stone!

“These Stones” not This Stone

Spectacles stored inside a pocket on the back of the breastplate

The words about translation, “By the Gift and Power of God”, are, in my opinion scripturally proven below, to mean Joseph Smith used the spectacles fastened to a breastplate that were found in Cumorah in 1827, to aid Joseph in translation. The Lord calls them “these stones.” Where did the two stones come from? Moroni? Brother of Jared? Christ Himself? The Lord speaking to the Brother of Jared said, “these two stones will I give unto thee, and ye shall seal them up also with the things which ye shall write.” Ether 3:23. Yes “these stones” came from the Lord, and a single stone found by Joseph in a well, was not used in a hat to translate! Before you judge, study, read, and pray about this information.

A stone in a hat is not anywhere found in scripture, just in second-hand witnesses who never saw the translation instruments. Why would historians and intellectuals disagree? They haven’t studied the scriptures, or it is pride in group think, and those are the only reasons I can think of. I am not any smarter and I don’t have a higher educational degree, but I have common sense, and the Lord’s witness in Scripture. Read and pray for your own answer as President Nelson said, “Learn for yourself—right now at your age—how to receive personal revelation. And nothing will make a bigger difference in your life than that!” Russell M. Nelson Hope of Israel.

Scriptural Confirmation of Using the Interpreters or Urim and Thummim

1- ” He said there was a book deposited, written upon gold plates, giving an account of the former inhabitants of this continent, and the source from whence they sprang. He also said that the fulness of  the everlasting Gospel was contained in it, as delivered by the Savior to the ancient inhabitants; Also, that there were two stones in silver bows—and these stones, fastened to a breastplate, constituted what is called the Urim and Thummim—deposited with the plates; and the possession and use of these stones were what constituted “seers” in ancient or former times; and that God had prepared them for the purpose of translating the book.” (Joseph Smith—History 1:34–35)

2- I looked in, and there indeed did I behold the plates, the Urim and Thummim, and the breastplate, as stated by the messenger. The box in which they lay was formed by laying stones together in some kind of cement. In the bottom of the box were laid two stones crossways of the box, and on these stones lay the plates and the other things with them.: JSH 1:52

3- “With the records was found a curious instrument, which the ancients called “Urim and Thummim,” which consisted of two transparent stones set in the rim of a bow fastened to a breast plate. Through the medium of the Urim and Thummim I translated the record by the gift and power of God.” (Joseph Smith quote, Wentworth Letter).

4- “I commenced copying the characters off the plates. I copied a considerable number of them, and by means of the Urim and Thummim I translated some of them, which I did between the time I arrived at the house of my wife’s father, in the month of December, and the February following.” JSH 1:62

5- “These were days never to be forgotten—to sit under the sound of a voice dictated by the inspiration of heaven, awakened the utmost gratitude of this bosom! Day after day I continued, uninterrupted, to write from his mouth, as he translated with the Urim and Thummim, or, as the Nephites would have said, ‘Interpreters,’ the history or record called ‘The Book of Mormon.’ JSH 1:75*

“Two Stones, Fastened to a Breastplate” JSH 1:35

6- “And now he translated them by the means of those two stones which were fastened into the two rims of a bow…” Mosiah 28:13 “And whosoever has these things is called seer, after the manner of old times.” Mosiah 28:16. “And now, as I said unto you, that after king Mosiah had done these things, he took the plates of brass, and all the things which he had kept, and conferred them upon Alma, who was the son of Alma; yea, all the records, and also the interpreters, and conferred them upon him, and commanded him that he should keep and preserve them, and also keep a record of the people, handing them down from one generation to another, even as they had been handed down from the time that Lehi left Jerusalem.” Mosiah 28:20

7- “And now, I will speak unto you concerning those twenty-four plates, that ye keep them, that the mysteries and the works of darkness, and their secret works, or the secret works of those people who have been destroyed, may be made manifest unto this people; yea, all their murders, and robbings, and their plundering’s, and all their wickedness and abominations, may be made manifest unto this people; yea, and that ye preserve these interpreters…“And now, my son, these interpreters were prepared that the word of God might be fulfilled, which he spake, saying: I will bring forth out of darkness unto light all their secret works and their abominations; and except they repent I will destroy them from off the face of the earth; and I will bring to light all their secrets and abominations, unto every nation that shall hereafter possess the land.” Alma 37:21, 24-25 (The word “Directors” was changed to “Interpreters” in the 1920 version & forward of the Book of Mormon)

8- “He [Moroni] then proceeded and gave a general account of the promises made to the fathers, and also gave a history of the aborigenes of this country, and said they were literal descendants of Abraham. He represented them as once being an enlightened and intelligent people, possessing a correct knowledge of the gospel, and the plan of restoration and redemption. He said this history was written and deposited not far from that place, and that it was our brother’s privilege, if obedient to the commandments of the Lord, to obtain and translate the same by the means of the Urim and  Thummim, which were deposited for that purpose with the record.” Letter IV Oliver Cowdery

“These Stones, Fastened to a Breastplate” by Anne Marie Oborn. This is how the Heartland Model describes the plausible translation with Oliver present.

9- “And behold, these two stones [different than the previous 16 stones] will I give unto thee, and ye shall seal them up also with the things which ye shall write. For behold, the language which ye shall write I have confounded; wherefore I will cause in my own due time that these stones [2 stones] shall magnify to the eyes of men these things which ye shall write.” Ether 3:23:24 (Parenthesis Added)

10- Wherefore the Lord hath commanded me to write them; and I have written them. And he commanded me that I should seal them up; and he also hath commanded that I should seal up the  interpretation thereof; wherefore I have sealed up the interpreters, according to the commandment of the Lord.” Ether 4:5

11 “I wrote with my own pen, the entire Book of Mormon (save a few pages) as it fell from the lips of the Prophet Joseph Smith, as he translated it by the gift and power of God, by means of the Urim and Thummim, or, as it is called by the book, “holy interpreters.” I beheld with my eyes, and handled with my hands, the gold plates from which it was translated. I also saw with my eyes and handled with my hands the “holy interpreters.” The book is true. Sidney Rigdon did not write it; Mr. Spaulding did not write it; I wrote it myself as it fell from the lips of the Prophet.” Restoration of All Things by Joseph Fielding Smith CHAPTER TWELVE, A TESTIMONY AGAINST THE WORLD Address delivered Sunday, August 20, 1944

Emma, Martin and David did not Witness the Translation.

Did Joseph find a hat and a seer stone in the hill Cumorah? No! He found plates and two items to assist him in the translation. Breastplate and Spectacles that attached to that breastplate.

Only Joseph Smith and Oliver Cowdery saw the three instruments that were found by Joseph in Cumorah, and all three artifacts were used for the miraculous translation by the “Gift and Power of God.” Lucy Mack Smith saw, held, and handled the Spectacles and Breastplate under a thin linen that Joseph showed her. That is only 3 people that saw all three items at Cumorah. The Plates, The Breastplate and the Two Stones in the rims of a bow. (3 people, that is it). Many people claim to have seen a seer stone in a hat during translation, but I don’t believe that. They either misunderstood, lied or repeated hearsay from others.

There is no scriptural quote that Joseph translated using a seer stone in a hat. Joseph may have owned a few seer stones, but he only used the two stones in a silver bow like spectacles to translate, according to scripture. Anything else that Emma, David Whitmer or Martin Harris said about the stone in the hat is conjecture and second-hand, as they never saw Joseph translate as Oliver Cowdery said, “I wrote with my own pen the entire Book of Mormon (save a few pages) as it fell from the lips of the Prophet as he translated it by the gift and power of God by means of the Urim and Thummim, or as it is called by that book, holy interpreters. I beheld with my eyes and handled with my hands the gold plates from which it was translated. I also beheld the Interpreters. That book is true. … I wrote it myself as it fell from the lips of the Prophet.” Oliver Cowdery

Lucy Mack Smith said, “The thing which spoke of it had that Joseph termed a Key was indeed nothing more nor less than the Urim and Thummim by which the angel manifested those things to him that were shown him in vision, by the which also he could at any time ascertain the approach of danger either to himself or the record and for this cause he kept these things constantly about his person.”

It is reasonable that Joseph wore the breastplate under his shirt [constantly] and the spectacles were stored in a pocket on the inner side of the breastplate as William Smith said. “A pocket was prepared in the breastplate on the left side, immediately over the heart. When not in use the Urim and Thummim was placed in this pocket, the rod being of just the right length to allow it to be so deposited. This instrument could, however, be detached from the breastplate and his brother said Joseph often wore it detached when away from home, but always used it in connection with the breastplate when receiving official communications.” J. W. Peterson in The Rod of Iron I:3 (February 1924)

“Mother I have got the Key” by Anne Marie Oborn. This is how the Heartland Model describes the plausible translation with Emma present.

Also, Lucy said, “he [Joseph Smith] seemed to think more of the glasses or the Urim and Thummim than he did of the plates, for, says he, “I can see anything; they are marvelous.” Lucy also said, “I have likewise carried in my hands the sacred breastplate. It is composed of pure gold and is made to fit the breast very exactly.” Lucy Mack Smith

Purchase today. 100 Full-color pages- Just $8

I personally believe Joseph Smith and Oliver Cowdery as eye witnesses to the translation, and I believe Lucy Mack Smith as an eyewitness of the three items, and I don’t believe the conjecture of David Whitmer, Martin Harris or Emma Smith, who are all loved by me, but none of them saw the “interpreters”, and only David and Martin saw the plates after the translation. Further blogs here and here!

Why is this important to me? All truth is important as Moroni said, “we may know the truth of all things.” This knowledge won’t get me into the Temple, but scripture says, “Whatever principle of intelligence we attain unto in this life, it will rise with us in the resurrection. And if a person gains more knowledge and intelligence in this life through his diligence and obedience than another, he will have so much the advantage in the world to come. D&C 130:8-9

Send this blog to a friend and share what you believe. Be bold and courageous if you believe things that are not necessarily doctrine. This is how you grow and learn by utilizing your personal revelation from the Lord Himself. Be willing to stand up for something. Of course sharing your witness of the Savior and the truth of the Book of Mormon are more important, but why not practice sharing other truths you may gain by personal revelation if the spirit indicates?

Remember what Pres Nelson said, “Learn for yourself—right now at your age—how to receive personal revelation. And nothing will make a bigger difference in your life than that!” “Hope of Israel. Anytime you do anything that helps anyone—on either side of the veil—take a step toward making covenants with God and receiving their essential baptismal and temple ordinances, you are helping to gather Israel. It is as simple as that” Russell M. Nelson, “Hope of Israel,

Thomas Mayhew-Patriarch to the Indians & other Disciples

What is a Disciple?

In the Bible “duty” is mentioned but five times; “love” hundreds.

The Lord speaking of a Bishop who has a duty to serve but more importantly, “he shall be set apart unto this ministry” D&C 107:74. Again Love as a minister is more important than duty.

As a full time missionary I was set apart as a minister of the Gospel of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. After accepting my call, I now had a duty to serve. However, my love and passion to serve is far more important than duty only.

Is it our Duty to Love, or Love that encourages Duty?
Living the Higher Law of the Lord requires Love and not Duty.

As a Disciple

We serve because of Duty, but a strong Love for the Savior is what drives us into duty. We are a disciple because of Love and Duty. From the section of “Guide to the Scriptures it shares places to understand better the role of a disciple below. There are many fantastic followers of the Savior who are all around us. I know so many selfless, sincere, hardworking promoters of the Gospel of Jesus Christ. I am so thankful for their example and service to myself, and my family for so many years. I am sure you as well know many great people whom you love, inside and outside of your family and religion. I share below many Disciples of Christ that are lovers of Christ.

Follow the Scriptures

A follower of Jesus Christ who lives according to Christ’s teachings (D&C 41:5). Disciple is used to describe the Twelve Apostles whom Christ called during His mortal ministry (Matt. 10:1–4). Disciple is also used to describe the twelve men whom Jesus chose to lead His Church among the Nephites and Lamanites (3 Ne. 19:4).Seal the law among my disciples, Isa. 8:16.

Priesthood Ministering- TEND TO, CARE FOR, TAKE CARE OF, LOOK AFTER, NURSE, TREAT, ATTEND TO, SEE TO, ADMINISTER TO, HELP, ASSIST AND MORE

The Savior Jesus Christ came to earth to minister to others, spending His days in their service and giving His life for their salvation. Matthew 20:27-28 “And whosoever will be chief among you, let him be your servant: Even as the Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister, and to give his life a ransom for many.”

What would the Savior do if He was in our Ward? (Minister)

“If Jesus walked the earth today, He would be the most hated individual the world has ever seen. Even more than the first time He came around.

He would be hated by both CNN and Fox News. He would give no regard to political correctness, only truth. He would be hated by both liberals and conservatives, Democrats and Republicans.

Celebrities, pastors, and sports athletes who conveniently cross themselves after hitting a home run, crossing the end zone, or winning their third Grammy… almost all of them are going to be offended by what he’ll teach when He comes again” Greg Trimble.

“I, God, have suffered these things for All”

Remember what the Lord said to Joseph Smith, this is “a commandment of God and not of man.

16 For behold, I, God, have suffered these things for all, that they might not suffer if they would repent;
17 But if they would not repent they must suffer even as I;
18 Which suffering caused myself, even God, the greatest of all, to tremble because of pain, and to bleed at every pore, and to suffer both body and spirit—and would that I might not drink the bitter cup, and shrink—
19 Nevertheless, glory be to the Father, and I partook and finished my preparations unto the children of men.
20 Wherefore, I command you again to repent, lest I humble you with my almighty power; and that you confess your sins, lest you suffer these punishments of which I have spoken, of which in the smallest, yea, even in the least degree you have tasted at the time I withdrew my Spirit.
21 And I command you that you preach naught but repentance, and show not these things unto the world until it is wisdom in me.
22 For they cannot bear meat now, but milk they must receive; wherefore, they must not know these things, lest they perish. D&C 19:16-22

3 Nephi 19:2, 7-8 “And it was noised abroad among the people immediately, before it was yet dark, that the multitude had seen Jesus, and that he had ministered unto them, and that he would also show himself on the morrow unto the multitude. And the disciples did pray unto the Father also in the name of Jesus. And it came to pass that they arose and ministered unto the people. And when they had ministered those same words which Jesus had spoken—nothing varying from the words which Jesus had spoken—behold, they knelt again and prayed to the Father in the name of Jesus.”

Moroni 7:22 “For behold, God knowing all things, being from everlasting to everlasting, behold, he sent angels to minister unto the children of men, to make manifest concerning the coming of Christ; and in Christ there should come every good thing.”

I believe ministering requires a passion. What was the Savior’s passion? (Moses 1:39) We are blessed with the Priesthood and the Gospel, but do we have a PASSION for MINISTERING? Is it Duty or Love? What is your passion? School, cars, dolls, computers, vacations, service, writing? Why are these your passions and how can you make MINISTERING your passion? With the Spirit of the Lord in our hearts, WE WILL BECOME PASSIONATE especially about MINISTERING. They go hand in hand.

Disciples with a Passion

Thomas Mayhew Patriarch to the Indians 1593-1682

I am a direct descendant of Governor Thomas Mayhew, the Elder (March 31, 1593 – March 25, 1682) through my father’s mother. Mayhew established the first English settlement of Martha’s Vineyard, Nantucket and adjacent islands in 1642. He is one of the editors of the Bay Psalm Book, the first book published in British North America. His assistant Peter Foulger was the grandfather of Benjamin Franklin.

The Mayhews had great success in regard to Indian policy. Because of the fair treatment of the Indians there, the colony was protected from the bloodshed that occurred elsewhere, in King Philip’s War. In 1646, the General Court of Massachusetts directed the religious leaders of the colony to select two among them to serve as missionaries to the natives. Three prominent names appear. They are: John Eliot (known as the Apostle to the Indians); Thomas Mayhew (Patriarch to the Indians); and Eleazar Wheelock, who established “Doctor Wheelock’s Academy for the promotion of Christianity and civility among the savage Indians of this continent” (now known as Dartmouth College).

There is a stained glass window in the baptismal font in the National Cathedral in Washington D.C. depicting Rev. Thomas Mayhew Jr. baptizing an Indian named Hiacoomes. Experience Mayhew (1673-1758) was a New England missionary to the Wampanoag Indians on Martha’s Vineyard and adjacent islands. He is the author of Massachusetts Psalter (a rare book like Bay Psalm Book and Eliot Indian Bible). He married Thankful, daughter of Thomas Hinckley, Governor of Plymouth Colony. This heritage has rubbed off on me and instilled a Passion, not a Duty to Love the Indians and serve them and teach them. Wow what a passion I have for these wonderful ancestors. I am sure each of you can find a deep passion of love to overtake that feeling of duty we ofttimes feel.

Mayhew Gallery of Pictures

Ron Mann Amazing Disciple
About Ron Mann Here: 

Ron speaking at the 2009 Continental Congress, St. Charles IL.

“Now, I want you to think about this. Ron [Mann] worked directly for the leadership of both Houses of Congress. He worked directly for the President of the United States. He worked directly for the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court. He worked directly for the President of the one of the largest corporations in America. And he worked directly for the President of the LDS Church. I bet no one in this room can think of another person who can claim what I’ve just described about Ron Mann.” Rod Mann (Son)

This article below was shared with me by this great friend named Ron Mann, who passed away in 2020. He shared with me his books he had from William George Jordan.

Four of the five books written by William George Jordan were quoted in the Improvement Era at the request of the Prophet Joseph F. Smith. He had been introduced to them when he was in New York City. In fact he borrowed the Kingship of Self-Control from the person he was visiting and read it seven times that night. It was after that he had the four books printed in the Improvement Era. This article gives amazing insight to the Duty, vs Love idea. It all comes down to our own Self-Control, and what spirit is guiding us.

William George Jordan Faithful Disciple

William George Jordan (March 6, 1864 – April 20, 1928) was an American editor, lecturer and essayist.

Jordan was born in New York City on March 6, 1864. He graduated from the City College of New York and began his literary career as editor of Book Chat in 1884. He joined Current Literature in 1888 and became its managing editor. In 1891 he left Current Literature and moved to Chicago where he started a lecture program on his system of Mental Training. He returned to Current Literature in January 1894 as its managing editor and then resigned again in August 1896. In 1897 he was hired as the managing editor for The Ladies Home Journal, after which he edited The Saturday Evening Post (1888–89). From 1899 to 1905 he was the editor and vice-president of Continental Publishing Company. He was the editor of the publication Search-Light between 1905 and 1906.

On July 26 of 1891, the Chicago Inter-Ocean published an interview with Mr. Jordan where he discussed his thoughts about education and “Mental Training”. After the article was published he received so many requests for information that he scheduled a trip back in October to lecture on the subject. The Inter-Ocean in a September 24 article reported that:

During the past few weeks the calls from Chicago have been so numerous, enthusiastic and positive for lecture courses and private society classes that he has concluded to resign his position in New York and come to Chicago.

He remained in Chicago for two years and then returned to Current Literature in 1894. In 1894 he published a short 20-page pamphlet entitled Mental Training, a Remedy for Education (this was republished again in 1907), that summarized his lectures. The opening paragraph starts as follows:

There are two great things that education should do for the individual—It should train his senses, and teach him to think. Education, as we know it to-day, does not truly do either; it gives the individual only a vast accumulation of facts, unclassified, undigested, and seen in no true relations. Like seeds kept in a box, they may be retained, but they do not grow.” Wikipedia

THE KINGSHIP OF SELF-CONTROL

By William George Jordan as printed in the The Improvement Era, Volume 11, page 751 January 1, 1908 Young Men’s Mutual Improvement Association

Duty is the most over-lauded word in the whole vocabulary of life. Duty is the cold, bare anatomy of righteousness. Duty looks at life as a debt to be paid; love sees life as a debt to be collected. Duty is ever paying assessments; love is constantly counting its premiums.

Duty is forced, like a pump; love is spontaneous, like a fountain. Duty is prescribed and formal; it is part of the red tape of life. It means running on moral rails. It is good enough as a beginning; it is poor as a finality.

The boy who “stood on the burning deck,” and who committed suicide on a technical point of obedience, has been held up to the school children of this century as a model of faithfulness to duty. The boy was the victim of the blind adherence to the red tape of duty. He was placing the whole responsibility for his acts on some one outside himself. He was helplessly waiting for instruction in- the hour of emergency when he should have acted for himself. His act was an empty sacrifice. It was a useless throwing away of a human life. It did no good to the father, to the boy, to the ship or to the nation.

The captain who goes down with his sinking vessel, when he has done everything in his power to save others, and when he can save his own life without dishonor, is the victim of a false sense of duty. He is cruelly forgetful of the loved ones on shore that he is sacrificing. His death means a spectacular exit from life, the cowardly fear of an investigating committee, or a brave man’s loyal, yet misguided, sense of duty. A human life, with its wondrous possibilities, is two sacred an individual trust to be thus lightly thrown into eternity.

They tell us of the “sublime nobleness” of the Roman soldier of Pompeii, whose skeleton was found centuries afterward, imbedded in the once molten lava which swept down upon the doomed city. He was still standing at one of the gates at his post of duty still grasping a sword in his crumbling fingers. His was a morbid faithfulness to discipline from which a great convulsion of Nature released him. An automaton would have stood there just as long, just as boldly, just as uselessly.

The man who gives one hour of his life to loving, consecrated service to humanity is doing higher, better, truer work in the world than an army of Roman sentinels paying useless tribute to the red tape of duty. There is in this interpretation of duty no sympathy with the man who deserts his post when needed; it is but a protest against losing the essence, the realness of true duty in worshiping the mere form.

Grace Darling Beloved Disciple

Grace Darling by Thomas Musgrave Joy (9 July, 1812 – 7 April, 1866)

Analyze, if you will, any of the great historic instances of loyalty to duty, and whenever they ring true you will find the presence of the real element that made the act almost divine. It was duty,—plus love. It was no mere sense of duty that made Grace Darling risk her life in the awful storm of sixty years ago, when she set out in the darkness of night, on a raging sea, to rescue the survivors of the wreck of The Forfarshire. It was the sense of duty, warmed and vivified by a love of humanity, it was heroic courage of a heart filled with divine pity and sympathy.

Duty is a hard, mechanical process for making men do things that love would make easy. It is a poor understudy to love. It is not a high enough motive with which to inspire humanity. Duty is the body to which love is the soul. Love, in the divine alchemy of life, transmutes all duties into privileges all responsibilities into joys.

The workman who drops his tools at the stroke of twelve, as suddenly as if he had been struck by lightning, may be doing his duty,—but he is doing nothing more. No man has made a great success of his life or a fit preparation for immortality by doing merely his duty. He must do that—and more. If he puts love into his work, the “more” will beeasy.

The nurse may watch faithfully at the bedside of a sick child as a duty. But to the mother’s heart the care of the little one, in the battle against death, is never a duty; the golden mantle of love thrown over every act makes the word “duty” have a jarring sound, as if it were the voice of desecration.

When a child turns out badly in later years, the parent may say, “Well, I always did my duty by him.” Then it is no wonder the boy turned out wrong. “Doing his duty by his son,” too often implies merely food, lodging, clothes and education supplied by the father. Why a public institution would give that! What the boy needed most was deep draughts of love; he needed to live in an atmosphere of sweet sympathy, counsel and trust. The parent should ever be an unfailing refuge, a constant resource and inspiration, not a mere larder or hotel, or wardrobe or school that furnishes these necessities free. The empty boast of mere parental duty is one of the dangers of modern society.

Christianity stands forth as the one religion based on love, not duty. Christianity sweeps all duties into one word,—love. Love is the one great duty enjoined by the Christian religion. What duty creeps to laboriously, love reaches in a moment on the wings of a dove. Duty is not lost, condemned or destroyed in Christianity; it is dignified, purified and exalted, and all its rough ways are made smooth by love.

The supreme instance of generosity in the world’s history is not the giving of millions by some one of great name; it is the giving of a mite by a widow whose name does not appear. Behind the widow’s mite was no sense of duty; it was the full, free and perfect gift of a heart filled with love. In the Bible “duty” is mentioned but five times; “love” hundreds.

In the conquest of any weakness in our mental or moral makeup; in the attainment of any strength; in our highest and truest relation to ourselves and to the world, let us ever make “love” our watchword; not mere “duty.”

Joseph’s Personality by Clark Kelley Price

If we desire to live a life of truth and honesty, to make our word as true as our bond, let us not expect to keep ourselves along the narrow line of truth under the constant lash of the whip of duty. Let us begin to love the truth, to fill our mind and life with the strong white light of sincerity and sterling honesty. Let us love the truth so strongly that there will develop within us, without our conscious effort, an ever-present horror of a lie.

If we desire to do good in the world, let us begin to love humanity, to realize more truly the great dominant note that sounds in every mortal, despite all the discords of life, the great natural bond of unity that makes all men brothers. Then jealousy, malice, envy, unkind words and cruel misjudging will be eclipsed and lost in the sunshine of love. The greatest triumph of the nineteenth century, is not its marvelous progress in invention; its strides in education; its conquests of the dark regions of the world: the spread of a higher mental tone throughout the earth; the wondrous increase in material comfort and wealth,-—the greatest triumph of the century is not any nor all of these; it is the sweet atmosphere of Peace that is covering the nations; it is the growing closer and closer of the peoples of the earth. Peace is but the breath, the perfume, the life of love. Love is the wondrous angel of life that rolls away all the stones of sorrow and suffering from the pathway.” Read more from William George Jordan here. 

William George Jordan 1864-1928 was an editor for The Ladies Home Journal, after which he edited The Saturday Evening Post (1888–89). From 1899 to 1905 he was the editor and vice-president of Continental Publishing Company. He was the editor of the publication Search-Light between 1905 and 1906.

Heber J. Grant Prophet and Disciple

Heber J. Grant, President of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints said it best in a letter to WGJ about one of his books, the Power of Truth, when he wrote: “I know of no book of the same size that has made a more profound impression upon my mind, and whose teachings I consider of greater value.” Article here

President Grant also said, “I believe that we can accomplish any object that we make up our minds to, and no boy or girl ought to sit down and say, because they cannot do as well as somebody else, that they will not do anything. God has given to some people ten talents; to others, he has given one; but they who improve the one talent will live to see the day when they will far outshine those who have ten talents but fail to improve them.” Heber J. Grant

“Satan…[plans] to destroy liberty and freedom ~ economic, political, and religious, and to set up in place thereof the greatest, most widespread, and most complete tyranny that has ever oppressed men. He is working under such perfect disguise that many do not recognize either him or his methods.” Heber J. Grant

-Home Teaching vs Ministering-
-Duty vs Love-

“The Savior’s ministry exemplifies the two great commandments: “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind” and “Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself” (Matthew 22:37, 39). In that spirit, Jesus also taught, “Ye are they whom I have chosen to minister unto this people” (3 Nephi 13:25)… The separate programs of home teaching and visiting teaching are now a coordinated effort referred to as “ministering,” overseen by the elders quorum and Relief Society presidencies under the direction of the bishop. Ministering is Christlike caring for others and helping meet their spiritual and temporal needs.” The First Presidency April 2, 2018. Russell M. Nelson, Dallin H. 

“Brothers and sisters, as the work of quorums and auxiliaries matures institutionally, it follows that we should mature personally as well—individually rising above any mechanical, function-without-feeling routine to the heartfelt discipleship articulated by the Savior at the conclusion of His earthly ministry. As He prepared to leave His still-innocent and somewhat-confused little band of followers, He did not list a dozen administrative steps they had to take or hand them a fistful of reports to be filled out in triplicate. No, He summarized their task in one fundamental commandment: “Love one another; as I have loved you. … By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to another… The primary purpose in this ministering idea will be, as was said of the people in Alma’s day, to “watch over their people, and … nourish them with things pertaining to righteousness… I should stress that this expansive new view does not include the sorry statement I recently saw on an automobile bumper sticker. It read, “If I honk, you’ve been home taught.” Please, please, brethren (the sisters would never be guilty of that—I speak to the brethren of the Church), with these adjustments we want more care and concern, not less.” Jeffrey R. Holland April 2018


How are we living? Are we striving to live the Higher Law?


Higher Law vs. Lower Law
Consecration vs Tithing
Celestial Marriage vs. Temporal Marriage
Spirit of the Law vs Letter of the Law
Ministering vs Home Teaching
Law of the Gospel vs Law of Moses
Love vs Duty

My Personal Discipleship

My personal passion is Lamanites, The Book of Mormon and Joseph Smith! I want to minister to them, for them and about them.  I am trying to develop this same passion into being a better person. I love my Savior Jesus Christ and strive to be a better disciple each day. I have learned that it is critical, that I pay and repent daily.

My parents both served missions in 1951 to the Lamanites, Hopi, Navajo, Apache, and Isleta tribes of Arizona and New Mexico. I served a mission in Fiji among the Polynesian Lamanites. My son served the Lamanites in Alaska. I have a great love for the Lamanites and feel it is my Duty, I mean Love, to share the Gospel with them. Again this Passion requires love, not duty.

Zelph a Man of God

What little I know about Zelph, I know he was a warrior, chieftain, and man of God. How many of you know about Zelph? Or Onandagus? Did you know Onandagus was a Book of Mormon Prophet? I only recognized this story about 7 years ago, and it has added to my testimony of service to the Lamanites. I know Zelph lived and was a great warrior serving the Nephites against all evil. I know Onandagus was a Book of Mormon Prophet as Wilford Woodruff described below:

“During our travels we visited many mounds thrown up by the ancient inhabitants, the Nephites and Lamanites. This morning, June 3rd, we went on to a high mound near the river. From the summit we could overlook the tops of the trees as far as we could see. The scenery was truly beautiful. On the summit of {41}the mound were stones which presented the appearance of three altars, they having been erected, one above the other, according to the ancient order of things. Human bones were seen upon the ground. Brother Joseph requested us to dig into the mound; we did so; and in about one foot we came to the skeleton of a man, almost entire, with an arrow sticking in his backbone. Elder Milton Holmes picked it out, and brought it into the Camp, with one of the leg bones, which had been broken. I brought the thigh bone to Missouri. I desired to bury it in the Temple Block in Jackson County; but not having this privilege, I buried it in Clay County, Missouri, near the house owned by Col. Arthur and occupied by Lyman Wight.”

The arrowhead referred to is now in the possession of President Joseph F. Smith, Salt Lake City, Utah. “Brother Joseph,” continues Wilford, “feeling anxious to learn something of this man, asked the Lord, and received an open vision. The man’s name was Zelph. He was a white Lamanite, the curse having been removed because of his righteousness. He was a great warrior, and fought for the Nephites under the direction of the Prophet Onandagus. The latter had charge of the Nephite armies from the Eastern sea to the Rocky Mountains. Although the Book of Mormon does not mention Onandagus, he was a great warrior, leader, general, and prophet. Zelph had his thigh bone broken by a stone thrown from a sling, but was killed by the arrow found sticking in his backbone. There was a great slaughter at that time. The bodies were heaped upon the earth, and buried in the mound, which is nearly three hundred feet in height.” Wilford Woodruff History of his Life and Labors as Recorded in his Daily Journals by Matthias F. Cowley Release Date December 19, 2014 [EBook #47703]

This knowledge of Zelph and Onandagus has inspired me with a new passion of love to share with others this amazing yet seldom told story. You can read more about Zelph and Onandagus in the Joseph Smith Papers Here.

SIGNERS OF THE BOOK OF THE LORD’S COMMANDMENTS
Strong Advocates of Joseph Smith and True Disciples of Christ

Joseph Smith needed someone to step up and testify of his revelations. Eleven men had testified earlier to the truthfulness of the Book of Mormon. All 11 had seen the plates. Three had seen an angel, handled the plates and heard the voice of God. But in November of 1831 there was a new need for boldness. Who would put their names and reputations on the line? Who would stand up and let the world know that they knew that a collection of Joseph’s revelations, the Book of Commandments, was true? For 178 years the names of these testifiers were unknown. Their names were erased from memory. Now, with the publication of the latest volume of the Joseph Smith Papers: “Revelations and Translations: Manuscript Revelation Books,” their names are made known to the world. I am thankfully related directly to one of those signers, Peter Dustin through by mother’s mother.  Because of this, my LOVE not Duty give me the passion to represent Peter Dustin as he bore his witness of Joseph’s divine revelations.

In my opinion the desire and faith necessary to testify about Joseph’s Revelations was possibly more difficult than seeing an angel and the plates. The signers of the Book of Commandments had to have a solid faith in the Lord to feel the Spirit and absolutely know these Revelations were not of Joseph, but of the Lord himself. They based their witness of things they could not see. That is similar for us today. We haven’t seen the plates, but we have felt the Spirit and that Spirit has borne witness to us of the truthfulness of the Book of Mormon. Even some of the Apostles thought they could write Revelations on their own in similar words that the Savior used. they failed miserably. See D&C 67:4-9

Below is the testimony that was signed by these faithful brethren.

“The testimony of the witnesses to the Book of the Lord’s Commandments, which he gave to his church through Joseph Smith, Jr., who was appointed by the voice of the church for this purpose.

We, the undersigners, feel willing to bear testimony to all the world of mankind, to every creature upon the face of all the Earth and upon the islands of the sea, that God hath borne record to our souls, through the Holy Ghost shed forth upon us, that these commandments are given by inspiration of God and are profitable for all men and are verily true. We give this testimony unto the world, the Lord being our helper; And it is through the grace of God, the Father, and his son, Jesus Christ, that we are permitted to have this privilege of bearing this testimony unto the world, in the which we rejoice exceedingly, praying the Lord always, that the children of men may be profited thereby. Amen.”

Signers and Witnesses of the Book of Commandments below:
Sidney Rigdon
Orson Hyde
Wm. E. McLellin
Luke Johnson
Lyman Johnson
Reynolds Cahoon
John Corrill
Parley Pratt
Harvey Whitlock
Lyman Wight
John Murdock
Calvin Beebe
Zebedee Coltrin
Joshua Fairchild
Peter Dustin My 2nd Cousin 2 times removed.
Newel Knight
Levi Hancock; never to be erased
Thomas B. Marsh
Deseret News Article Here


Is it our Duty to Love, or Love that encourages Duty?
Living the Higher Law of the Lord requires Love and not Duty.
Are we a Disciple of Jesus Christ?

Fruits of the Nephites- Metal, Coins, Swords, Scabbards, Furnaces, Soldering, Hebrew, Helmets, Iron, Steel, Copper, & Nails

By the Nephites fruits, we shall know them. In other words, by the millions and millions of mounds and artifacts of life in North America from 600 BC to 400 AD, has been left the fruits or artifacts of the labors of the great Lamanite and Nephite people. To say evidence doesn’t exist is to deny the obvious. To have to be shown the evidence of the Nephites path you would have to be blind. This article will just focus on artifacts in Tennessee, Ohio and several other states and any one item on it’s own could help the honest in heart find physical and spiritual and actual secondary evidences of the Book of Mormon. Of course one would have to find room in their heart to believe the Book of Mormon did happen in North America, which I do. (Your contrary opinions are welcome).

If the Book of Mormon is true, then this world is full of evidence of it’s existence both temporally and spiritually. If the Nephites were a real people [And They Are] in a real time and place, there is found evidence of their existence. If Zarahemla was a city near Nauvoo, we will find evidence of its existence. If metal and copper are mentioned in the Book of Mormon, we will find its evidence in the ground. If Joseph Smith is a Prophet born and raised in the United States and he talks of “this country” or “this land” he is speaking of the USA. If the Land of Tennessee is the place of the Nephites, proof of habitation will exist.

Who is Greatly Disturbed in Their Faith?

If you haven’t found physical evidence of the Book of Mormon in North America, you haven’t looked hard enough in my opinion. The Book of Mormon is true by the Spirit and I also believe the Lord has left physical evidences of that fact. Moroni said we may know the truth of all things, didn’t he?

I know for a fact and believe the Lord is in control of our nation and as long as we stay close to Him we will be blessed. I also trust His words as many in our Church today are deceived in many ways. Joseph Fielding Smith said,Because of this theory, some members of the Church have become confused and greatly disturbed in their faith in the Book of Mormon.”  Doctrines of Salvation Joseph Fielding Smith Chapter 12 [Which Theory is being referred to?]

I also love the quote, “For it came to pass that they did deceive many with their flattering words, who were in the church, and did cause them to commit many sins” Mosiah 26:6

This is a great warning to us all. “O ye pollutions, ye hypocrites, ye teachers, who sell yourselves for that which will canker, why have ye polluted the holy church of God? Why are ye ashamed to take upon you the name of Christ? Why do ye not think that greater is the value of an endless happiness than that misery which never dies—because of the praise of the world?” Mormon 8:38

I feel strongly the above quote I have highlighted in red is speaking to we members of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. I also believe we are still under condemnation at Scripture says, “And they [We Members] shall remain under this condemnation until they repent and remember the new covenant, even the Book of Mormon and the former commandments which I have given them, not only to say, but to do according to that which I have written.” D&C 84:57

These warnings are written to myself as to each of us, and I strive daily to repent and forgive all. I love all people whatever they feel about the geography of the Book of Mormon. I am sure they are great people and love the Lord as much as I do, but we can’t both be right. We all however, can live with the Lord again regardless.

My belief in the Heartland Theory of the Book of Mormon has greatly strengthened my overall testimony, and it may do the same for yours. If it is not important to you, I certainly understand. I report, your decide!


Zelph of Zarahemla

TENNESSEE ARCHAEOLOGY

The Old Stone Fort was built during the Middle Woodland Period, 1,500-2,000 years ago. Native Americans used this area continuously for about 500 years, eventually leaving it abandoned. By the time European settlers arrived, it was unclear of what the area had been used for which resulted in it being misnamed as a fort. In 1966, the state of Tennessee purchased 400 acres of the Chumbley estate as the core of what is now Old Stone Fort State Archaeological Park. Source

A diagram of placement of mounds, works and stone box burials at the Old Town Archaeological Site in Williamson, Tennessee. Based on a map found in “The antiquities of Tennessee and the adjacent states, and the state of aboriginal society in the scale of civilization represented by them” by Thruston, Gates Phillips

Editors note: These Tennesseans need to know that their land is very possibly the land of the Nephites after Lehi’s escape from his brothers Laman and Lemuel. It is the Land where Alma was converted by Abinadi and the land near the Waters of Mormon. With Chattanooga as the City Nephi it is very likely the city of Amulon is where Franklin Tennessee is today and the city of Helam near the Pinson Mounds Park just south of Jackson, Tennessee. Both of these places show some amazing archaeology dating from 100 BC to 200 AD which is the appropriate time for of the exitance of these Book of Mormon People.

Amulon and Helam
Purchase over 200 Book of Mormon in North America Maps here

In early 1875, Joseph Henry, the first Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, wrote to a number of Tennessee citizens asking for assistance in collecting specimens for the United States National Museum. A fire in January of 1865 had destroyed significant portions of the museum’s early collections (DesRochers 2012), and the approach of the United States Centennial — to be celebrated in concert with the first major world fair and exposition held in the country — required acquisition of new materials. Among those individuals Henry contacted was Dr. William Martin Clark, a physician and resident of Franklin, Tennessee and later the editor-in-chief of the Nashville Banner (Clayton 1880).

Clark began his efforts on behalf of the Smithsonian in May of 1875 with the excavation of an earthen mound on the farm of Dr. William Reid, near Franklin. From there, Clark shifted his efforts to the nearby Glass property, of which he wrote: There is a fine group here, and four of them are in a line from north to south, a large one in the centre [sic], flanked on the south by two small ones, and on the north by another, evidently intended to have been a large one, but from some interruption was never finished. This last was not more than three feet high, though seventy-five feet in diameter. It had been cultivated a great number of years, but distinctly showed its proportions. Being in cultivation at the time of my visit, I did not examine it. The two smaller ones were about six feet high and twenty in diameter, while the largest was twenty feet high and four hundred feet in circumference. They did not stand in a perfect circle, the largest mound forming the lowest part of the concavity (W.M. Clark, “Antiquities of Tennessee,” MS 2407, National Anthropological Archives, Smithsonian Institution, Page 10).

In his account, Clark mentions four mounds (identified herein for reference as Clark-A, Clark-B, Clark-C, and Clark-D): Clark-A stood ca. 6 m in height and 40 m in diameter and most closely matches Mound 2 at the Glass Mounds; Clark-B and C were located to the south and each measured ca. 2 m in height and 6 m in diameter; and Clark-D, situated to the north, measured ca. 1 m in height and 23 m in diameter. The surviving Glass Mounds Mound 1 may be either Clark-B or Clark-C, although the information provided by Clark is insufficient to determine which. Neither of the two surviving mounds at the Glass Mounds site match the dimensions of Clark-D. Clark excavated two trenches into the largest mound at the site (Clark-A; Glass Mounds 2), beginning on opposite faces and meeting in the center.

Copper Facemask

Within the mound he encountered a layer of ashes and burned earth five feet below the summit, with similar sequences recurring every five feet until the base of the mound. Clark records that the mound was constructed on top of a four-foot deep deposit of burned earth, ashes, and charcoal, from which he recovered “the only relics” from the excavation (W.M. Clark, “Antiquities of Tennessee,” MS 2407, National Anthropological Archives, Smithsonian Institution, Page 11).

Those materials consisted of a copper earspool and hammered copper face plate (Figure 2) (National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution [NMNH] A19987-0 and A19986).

No skeletal remains were present within the basal mound deposit, suggesting that these artifacts represent either a cache of ritual objects, or perhaps were associated with a cremation or completely degraded grave.

The mask in particular fired Clark’s imagination, leaving him to ponder: Could it speak, what tales it could tell of the red men. [Lamanites & Nephites] No doubt it has witnessed many a torture of captives and heard them shriek, as their hearts were torn from their living bodies and thrown upon the fire to appease the vengeance of their captors. Now how low it has fallen! A small fragment of copper handed down from an antiquity far beyond our conceptions, only a slight token of the mythical nations (W.M. Clark, “Antiquities of Tennessee,” MS 2407, National Anthropological Archives, Smithsonian Institution, Page 12). TENNESSEE ARCHAEOLOGY Volume 10 Fall 2020 Number 2 The Tennessee Division of Archaeology and Middle Tennessee State University

Buried in the Stone box, the Interpreters, Spectacles & Breastplate, Not Brown Seer Stone and a Hat.

Metal, Coins, Swords, Scabbards, Furnaces, Soldering, Hebrew, Helmets, Iron, Steel, Copper, Nails, etc.

The natural and aboriginal history of Tennessee: up to the first settlements therein by the white people, in the year 1768

BY JOHN HAYWOOD, OF THE COUTNTY OF DAVIDSON, THE STATE OF TENNESSEE. NASHVILLE: PRINTED BY GEORGE WILSON, 1823. Page 341-349

First we will speak of the coins of the aborigines found in the neighboring countries, and then of metallic instruments and utensils also found there.

First. On the farm of Mr. Edward Payne, near Lexington [KY], were found two ancient coins ; one was of gold, and sold for hundreds of dollars : the other was of brass. Each had a head reversed, and both were inscribed with characters not understood, but said to resemble Hebrew. The date of the gold coin was probably 1214, and the date of the brass piece 1009. A few miles below Mr. Payne, a gold piece “Was found, on the plantation of Mr. Chambers, who says it was sold at Lexington for 13 dollars. It was inscribed in unknown characters; and, as Mr. Chambers thinks, was unlike any coin he had ever seen. He says, that a small piece of copper was found on his farm at the same time. The date 1214 could not relate to the “hegira.” [Muhammad’s departure from Mecca to Medina in AD 622]. If it related to the Christian era, it must have come from some of the modern kingdoms of Europe, which had adopted the use of the Arabic numerals. It is not known that the Persians ever used them. The most that can be made of the fact, is, a probability that these coins came to the country before the discovery of America by Columbus; for between 1214 and 1492, the time of his discovery, were 178 years, and before the Spaniards could have circulated it, many more years intervened prior to their intercourse with the nations on the continent. So that it must have circulated nearly 300 years, before it could have come hither from them, and by that time would have been worn out.

The “Nephite Coin” (as depicted in several treasure books) was found 15′ below the surface in Salt Lake City and is actually a ‘Pice’ issued in British India in Bengal by the mint in Calcutta in 1831. Made of copper. How this came to rest in Salt Lake could be an interesting story.

At Circleville [Ohio] a copper coin was taken from the central mound, from beneath the roots of a hickory growing on the mound, seven or eight inches in circumference. It has no resemblance in its devices to any British or other coins to which it hath been compared. A hickory six to eight inches in circumference, might have grown up long since the French settlements were on the Ohio and its waters.

On the plantation of Colonel William Sheppard, in the county of Orange, on the river Enoe; 6 miles above Hillsborough in North Carolina, and near the remains of a town which had been deserted in very remote times, was picked up, about the year 1803 or 1804, a round piece of copper about the size of an American eagle. On both sides was a short line of letters, with parallel lines increasing in length till past the center, whence they decreased in length to the bottom, accommodating themselves to the rounded shape of the copper. It was neatly executed. The letters were of some unknown alphabet. This copper was dropped again on the same plantation, where probably it now is. It was about the thickness of the coins called coppers. Similar pieces were sometimes given by the Spanish friars to their proselyted Indians.

Gold and silver ornaments have been found in many of the tumuli in Ohio. Silver very well plated, has been found in several of the mounds : copper in many: pipe bowls of copper, hammered, and not welded together, but lapped over, have been found in them. A bracelet of copper was found in a stone mound at Chillicothe. It resembles the links of a common chain, the ends passed by each other, but were not welded together. Ornaments of silver and copper have not been found north of Newark [OH The location of the Newark Earthworks of 100 BC to 100 AD]. Below that place, vast numbers have been found. North of that place are no wells perforated in the rocks. Arrow heads of copper, some of them five or six inches in length, circular medals of copper, several inches in diameter, very thin, and much injured by time, have been found in the tumuli of Ohio. Iron has been found in some instances oxidized.

Sword, Skeletons and Mirrors

Out of a mound near the circle of the large fort at Circleville [OH], was found the elk- horn handle of a small sword or long knife. Around the end where the blade had been inserted, was a ferule of silver; no iron was found, but an oxide remained. Also, charcoal and wood ashes in which those articles lay, which were surrounded by several bricks very well burnt. A skeleton appeared to have been burnt in a large and very hot fire, which had almost consumed the bones of the deceased. The skeleton was deposited a little to the south of the centre of the tumulus. And 20 feet to the north of it, was another. There was also a large mirror, three feet in length, one and a half in breadth, and one inch and a half thick. It was of “isinglass.” [mica or a similar material in thin transparent sheets]. Also a plate of iron, which had become an oxyde ; but before it was disturbed by the spade, resembled a plate of iron. This skeleton had been burned like the former and lay in charcoal and a considerable quantity of wood ashes.

Gold and Silver

An ornament of very pure gold was discovered, a few years since, in Ross County Ohio, near Chillicothe, lying in the palm of a skeleton’s hand, in a small mound. [Arch. Am. 176].

Not long since, a silver cup was taken from a mound at Marietta, on the Ohio. It is in the possession of Mr. Hill, of St. Clair county, Illinois. It is in the form of an inverted cone, measuring three and a half inches across at top, two and a half at bottom, and four inches in height. It is of pure silver, and so skillfully wrought, that no traces of the plating hammer are discernible. The bottom, which is circular, has been separately forged, accurately fitted to the sides, or barrel, and soldered on.

In the 1920s thirty-one Roman-style lead artifacts some with Dinosaurs carved on them were excavated near Tucson, AZ

The line of attachment is plainly discernible. Its interior surface has been gilt, or washed, with a bright, yellow, untarnishable metal, which is undoubtedly gold ; but that gilding is impaired in some places. It was found in a mound at Marietta, half a mile east of those remarkable fortifications on the Muskingum. The mound is situated in woody plane, with a gentle declivity towards the river, and a small stream washes its base. During the autumnal rains, or the melting of the snow in the spring, it runs with the velocity of a current. Thus it has gradually washed away the earth, and laid open the mound for a considerable space, and in this situation the cup was discovered. It was then in a bruised or shapeless mass, and foul from adhering clay ; but being taken to a silversmith, was put into the shape it now presents, which was probably the shape it originally had. Its value by weight is about fifteen dollars. It bears no device or ornamental work of any kind, being a perfectly plain and heavy piece of workmanship. If it be not of European fabrication, the inference is inevitable, that some nation preceding the savages was formerly here, of far greater advancement in the arts of civilization than they ever possessed. But for fear of mistake, let us bear in mind that the French settled in Canada as early as the year 1608, and soon afterwards carried on trade extensively with all the Indians who lived on the waters of the Ohio.

Copper, Marble and Amulets

Copper instruments and ornaments have also been found. In 1813 was found in a mound a piece of copper incrusted with “erugo” [mildew, plant rust], half an inch thick It consists of thin plates of copper rolled up, encircling each other. It was about three inches in length, and one fourth of an inch in thickness. The plates were remarkably pure and fine. In the same mound a beautiful piece of marble was taken up in the year 1814. It was undoubtedly made and used for an ornament, being perforated with loopholes for fastening, which must have been bored by some hard instrument. The marble piece is about five or six inches in length, flat on one side, oval on the other, having an increasing width in the middle, the ends are apparently cut, and with some hard implement used for the purpose. The marble is of a dark dun colour, but the veins of the stones are very distinct.  The magicians of India are provided with many articles against witchcraft, which they distribute amongst those who consult them. There are certain enchanted beads, very thin plates of copper, on which extraordinary figures are engraved, with inexplicable words and unknown characters. Amulets also, of various kinds, all which are worn by the Hindoos to serve as talismans, and to preserve them from every species of incantation. No other circum-stance at present recollected, can account in the least degree for the plates of copper above mentioned.

Verdigrease (patina), Helmet, Scull bone which lay under the plate of copper

In one of the tumuli on Grave Creek [WV], below Wheeling, near to the Ohio, were found, about 20 years since, sixty copper beads, made of a coarse “wire, hammered out, and not drawn and cut off at unequal lengths. They were soldered together in an awkward manner, the centre of some of them uniting with the edges of others. They were incrusted with “verdigrease” [A green patina or crust of copper sulfate or copper chloride formed on copper, brass, and bronze exposed to air or seawater for long periods of time], but the inside of them was pure copper.

This painting by Ken Corbett, represents Mormon with his son, Mormon traveling south on the Ohio River heading towards the Land Zarahemla in Illinois and Missouri. Near Grave Creek Mound in West Virginia, you can visualize in Mormon 1:6-7 it saying, “And it came to pass that I, being eleven years old, was carried by my father into the land southward, even to the land of Zarahemla. The whole face of the land had become covered with buildings, and the people were as numerous almost, as it were the sand of the sea.” Young Mormon is pointing to the Grave Creek mound and all the buildings around.

Shield Boss, Belts, Buckler, Scabbard, Sword, Iron and 500 year old trees.

In an ancient mound of the streets of Marietta, in the margin of the plane near the fortifications, amongst other things, in 1819 were discovered three large circular bosses [A shield boss, or umbo, is a round, convex or conical piece of material at the centre of a shield], or ornaments, for sword belts, or a buckler composed of copper, oval, and with a thick plate of silver. The front is slightly convex with a depression like a cap in the centre. The measure, two inches and a quarter across the face of each. On the back side, opposite the depressed portion, is a copper rivet or nail, around which are two separate plates, by which they were fastened to the leather. Two small pieces of the leather were found lying between the holes of one of the bosses. They resemble the skin of an old mummy. The plates of copper are nearly reduced to rust. Around the rivet of one of them is a quantity of flax or hemp in a tolerable state of preservation. Near the side of the human body was a plate of silver, the upper part of a sword scabbard, six inches long, two wide, weighing one ounce. Three longitudinal ridges were on it, which perhaps corresponded with the edges or ridges of the sword. It had been fastened to the scabbard by three or four rivets, the holes of which yet remain in the silver.

Two or three pieces of a copper tube were also found, filled with rust. These compose the lower end of the scabbard, near the point of the sword. There is no sign of the sword itself, except this appearance of rust. Near the feet was a piece of copper weighing three ounces. It seemed by the shape to have been used for a plumb or for ornament. Near one of the ends is a circular crease or groove for lying a thread. It is round, two inches and a half in length, one in diameter at the centre, and half an inch at each end. It is composed of small pieces of native copper pounded together; and in the cracks between the pieces, are several pieces of silver, one nearly of the size of a fourpenny piece or half a “disme” [ an American silver coin with a face value of five cents.] This copper ornament was covered with a coat of green rust, and is considerably corroded. A piece of red ochre or paint, and a piece of iron ore, which has the appearance of having been partly vitrified or melted, were also found. The trees upon the mound, as evidenced by the annulars, were between 400 and 500 years of age, and on the ground beside them were other trees, in a state of decay that appeared to have fallen from dotage.

Bear Teeth, Mica, Copper Beads, Human Bones

Mica Hopewell Hand Ohio History Connection

From the ancient works where Circleville [OH] now stands, and from the mound there, were taken a few scattered human bones, a branch of a deer’s horn and a piece of earthenware containing muscle shells. At the distance of 500 feet from this pyramid, in the direction of north eight east, there is another. Nine feet high, of a circular figure, nearly flat on the top. In it were found some human skeletons, and a hand full of copper beads, which had been strung on a cravat of lint. There is another mound at the intersection of Third and Main streets; whatever it contained was deposited a small distance below a stratum of loam which is common to the town. The first artificial layer was gravel, considerably raised in the middle; the next, composed of large pebbles, was convex and of a uniform thickness ; the last consisted of loam and soil. The strata were entire, and must have been formed after the deposits in the tumulus were completed. Amongst other articles were these : A bone ornamented with several carved lines ; the sculpture representation of the head or beak of a rapacious bird, perhaps an eagle ; a quantity of isinglass ; a small oval piece of sheet copper with two perforations ; a large oval piece of some metal with longitudinal grooves or ridges ; a number of beads of bone or shell; the teeth of a carnivorous animal, probably those of a bear; seven large marine shells, belonging perhaps to the genus buccinum, cut in such a manner as to serve for domestic utensils, and nearly converted into a state of chalk; several copper articles, each consisting of two sets of circular concave and convex plates. The. interior one of each sort connected with the other by a hollow axis, around which had been wound some lint. Other articles have been found there, consisting of pure copper, human bones of different sizes, sometimes enclosed in rude stone coffins, but oftener lying blended with the earth, surrounded by a portion of ashes and charcoal.

Iron and steel utensils and ornaments have also been found. There was dug up from the central mound at Circleville, a fragment of some culinary vessel. It was evidently of cast iron, and showed the marks of the mould. It was covered on the lower side with the black, smut contracted over the fire. It was found among ashes, and large pieces of charcoal.

Iron and Ivory Bracelets

In the large cemetery of Augusta were found four iron bracelets on the left arm of a female skeleton. They are formed with a loop at one extremity, and extend in an oval shape to a knob at the other end, “which hitches into the loop. The elongated central part of the oval is the thickest, from which it gradually tapers to the clasp. These bracelets are much corroded, and the loops destroyed; but even their present state of preservation can only be accounted for by the fortunate circumstance, that the alluvial soil of the burying ground was free from mineral acids. There are in this state some ancient ivory bracelets from Indostan, which exactly resemble in shape those iron ones. It is a well-known fact, that the dress and ornaments of the Hindoos have continued unchanged from the earliest periods of history.

Copper Bracelet

Iron Knives and Swords

The aborigines had some very well manufactured swords and knives of iron, and possibly of steel. A few years ago, near Blacksburg in Virginia, 80 miles from Marietta, was found about the half of a steel bow, which when entire would have measured five or six feet.

Stone Wall and Furnaces

On the main branch of Paint creek in Ohio, near some very ancient works, and on the inside of a wall on the side of an elevated hill 300 feet high, which wall is of stone, around the brow of the hill there appears to have been a row of furnaces or smiths’ shops, where the cinders now lie many feet in depth. The remains are four or five feet in depth even now in many places. Source

This wall of staked rocks goes for miles just east of the Palmyra Temple. The similar wall can be found at Jerusalem, NY. Read the article below.
Hopewell Furnace National Historic Site consists of a restored town from the 18th and 19th centuries, as well as ruins of an ancient blast furnace.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

There is an overwhelming amount of artifacts and archaeological evidence that a primitive people like the Nephites, lived in North America at the same timeline as the Book of Mormon. 500 BC to 400 AD. The Hopewell Culture fits that timeline, and the Adena Culture of 1500 BC to 300 AD also fits the Jaredite timeline.

He Saved the Constitutional Documents in 1814

Save the Documents!

Stephen Pleasonton

Law of Moses Comprehended more by the Nephites, than by the Hebrews

North America is the Land of the Nephites

Nearly all those familiar with the early statements by the Prophet Joseph Smith touching on potential Book of Mormon lands know that he clearly indicated them to be in North America. This is evident in the historically verified accounts wherein he declared revelation such as in the Wentworth Letter, the American Revivalist Account, the Zelph Accounts and Joseph’s handwritten letter to Emma while on Zion’s camp. In addition, the prophet revealed a Nephite altar at Adam-ondi-Ahman, mentioned the land of Manti was near Huntsville, Missouri, and revealed that this land was “the borders of the Lamanites” (see D&C 54:8). Furthermore he received revelation from the Lord for the location of Zarahemla (see D&C 125:3) and New Jerusalem (see D&C 84:1-6) which Christ Himself declared to be on Book of Mormon lands (3 Nephi 20:22), both of which are absolutely located in North America. These accounts and their indications are not speculation based, but historically documented fact.

Plain and Precious Things of the Book of Mormon

“…It appears indubitable from the two records, the Bible and the Book of Mormon, that the intent and true meaning of the Law of Moses, of its sacrifices, etc., were far better understood and comprehended by the Nephites than by the Jews. But in this connection, it must not be forgotten that a great many most plain and precious things, as the Book of Mormon states, have been taken from the Bible, through the ignorance of uninspired translators or the design and cunning of wicked men.” – John Taylor, The Gospel Kingdom: Selections from the Writings and Discourses of John Taylor, Third President of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co. [2002] 

The Lamb of God and the Law of Moses

“This month shall be unto you the beginning of months. It shall be the first month of the year to you [using the Gregorian civil calendar this would be between mid-March and early April, see p. 308]. Speak ye [Moses] unto all the congregation of Israel, saying: In the tenth day of this month they shall take to them every man a lamb, according to the house of their fathers, a lamb for an house. And if the household be too little for the lamb, let him and his neighbour next unto his house take it according to the number of the souls, every man according to his eating shall make your count for the lamb. Your lamb shall be without blemish, a male of the first year [born in early Spring]. Ye shall take it out from the sheep, or from the goats. And ye shall keep it up until the fourteenth day of the same month.” (Exodus 12:1-6; emphasis added). “And this day shall be unto you for a memorial. And ye shall keep it a feast to the LORD throughout your generations. Ye shall keep it a feast by an ordinance forever.” (Exodus 12:14). Annotated Book of Mormon page 15

No Sheep in Mesoamerica

“Sheep, of course, are one of the animals required under the law of Moses, along with goats, bulls, and oxen. Enos reiterated that the people of Nephi did raise “flocks of herds, and flocks of all manner of cattle of every kind, and goats, and wild goats, and also many horses.” Enos 1:21. Mosiah emphasized that the people grew wheat and barley, both needed for the law of Moses. Mosiah 9:9. None of these species are found in Mesoamerica, which is why Mesoamerican advocates suggest the small Mexican brocket deer might be a goat and the tapir an ass. They also believe the Llama or Agouti may be a substitute for the sheep or goat. By contrast, there is evidence of  sheep, goats, rams and bulls in the North American setting.

Goat and Wild Goat

“Goat and the Wild Goat: “Nephi lists those animals that are essential in keeping the Law of Moses. The Lord, who gave the Law to Moses for the typifying of Christ, provided the family of Lehi a land that was filled with those specific beasts needed to perform sacred symbolic ceremonies to maintain the covenants He gave to the House of Israel” – Annotated Book of Mormon page 38 and see Amberli Nelson. (See p. 493.)

3 Essential Truths about Nephite Observance of the Law of Moses

First Truth: Not only did the Nephites “strictly” keep the law of Moses (as indicated in 37 verses in the Book of Mormon (see Alma 30:3, Mosiah 13:29-30, Jarom 1:5), but they did so with delight as it was seen by them as both a collection of types of Christ and a means of coming unto Him. Occasionally even the Lamanites were known to “strictly” observe the law (Hel. 13:1).

Second: In “observing to keep the commandments of the Lord in all things, according to the Law of Moses” (2 Ne. 5:10), the Nephites would have necessarily observed all the feasts or “holy days” given to Moses by Jehovah. These are recorded in Exodus and Leviticus and are known as “holy convocations” or “rehearsals” and they typify the life and mission of Jesus Christ in profoundly beautiful ways.

Third: It was absolutely essential for these Jewish Lehites to be brought to a land that would provide an abundance of all the plants and animals required to keep the Law of Moses, with its concomitant Holy Days or festivals. Based on the latest archaeological findings, it can now be irrefutably shown that the Heartland of North America is the only location in the Western Hemisphere where all ten of the essential items were found anciently including; lambs, oxen, goats, doves, barley, wheat, grapes, and altars made of stacked, unhewn stones. These aforementioned items have not been found in the archaeological record of the pre-Columbian peoples of Mesoamerica.” “An altar of earth thou shalt make unto me… in all places where I record my name I will come unto thee, and I will bless thee. And if thou wilt make me an altar of stone, thou shalt not build it of hewn stone: for if thou lift up thy tool upon it, thou hast polluted it. Neither shalt thou go up by steps unto mine altar…” Exodus 20:24 – 26 Amberli Nelson MBA and the Annotated Book of Mormon

Observing the Law of Moses

Nephi and the Brass Plates, My Soul Delighteth in the Scriptures by Clark Kelley Price

In order for Lehi’s family to keep the commandments and covenants of God, they were required to live the Law of Moses. Throughout the history of the Nephites, those keeping the records will indicate that they did observe the law (see Jarom 1:5, p. 122; Mosiah 13:29-30, p. 170; and Alma 30:3, p. 261), and was seen by them as both symbolic of Christ and a means of coming unto Him (see Jacob 4:5). The Nephite record is a witness that observing the law would bring them to Christ. Even “…the Lamanites did observe strictly to keep the commandments of God according to the Law of Moses.” – Helaman. 13:1; and Annotated Book of Mormon p. 369. 1 Nephi 4:14-16 “And now, when I, Nephi, had heard these words, I remembered the words of the Lord which He spake unto me in the wilderness, saying that: “Inasmuch as thy seed shall keep My commandments, they shall prosper in the land of promise.” Yea, and I also thought that they could not keep the commandments of the Lord according to the Law of Moses, save they should have the Law. And I also knew that the Law was engraven upon the Plates of Brass.

We Did Obtain by Clark Kelley Price

Nephi recounted when commanded to obtain the Plates of Brass: “Yea, and I also thought that they could not keep the commandments of the Lord according to the Law of Moses, save they should have the Law. And I also knew that the Law was engraven upon the Plates of Brass” – 1 Nephi 4:15-16. The Law of Moses was instituted to bring the children of Israel to Christ, “And for this intent we keep the Law of Moses, it pointing our souls to Him” – Jacob 4:5. The Law provided for seasonal holy ceremonial assemblies whereby specific items were symbolically used to focus the people’s actions and thoughts on the role the Holy One of Israel (Jesus Christ) had on their salvation (see Annotated Book of Mormon pp. 15, 142, 144, 169 and 300). The Prophet and Historian Mormon, when reviewing the history on the Large Plates of Nephi, noted that “…the Lamanites did observe strictly to keep the commandments of God according to the Law of Moses.” (Helaman. 13:1; p. 369). Joseph Smith wrote in his Church History to Mr. John Wentworth, “The principal nation of the second race fell in battle towards the close of the fourth century. The remnant [the conquering Lamanites] are the Indians that now inhabit this country.” (See p. 551.) Mordecai M. Noah (1785-1851), a prominent Jewish lay leader published his, “Discourse of the Evidences of the American Indians Being the Descendants of the Lost Tribes of Israel,” New York, James Van Norden, 1837. He based his discourse on their religious beliefs and seasonal ceremonies, “In their divisions of the year in four seasons, answering to the Jewish festivals of the feast of flowers [Feast of Weeks; see p. 300], the day of atonement, the feast of the tabernacle, and other religious holydays,” and, “By their laws of sacrifices, ablutions, marriages; ceremonies in war and peace, the prohibitions of eating certain things, fully carrying out the Mosaic institutions.” (p. 8.) He writes, “The most sacred fast day uniformly kept by the Jews is the day of Atonement, usually falling in the month of September or in early October…Precisely such a fast, with similar motives, and nearly at the same period of the year, is kept by the Indian natives generally…[James] Adair (see p. 544) stat[ed] the strict manner in which the Indians observe the revolutions of the moon, and describing the feast of the harvest, and the first offerings of the fruits, gives a long account of the preparations of putting their temple in proper order for the great day of atonement, which he fixes at the time when the corn is fully eared and ripe, generally in the latter end of September.” Discourse of the Evidences of the American Indians Being the Descendants of the Lost Tribes of Israel,” New York, James Van Norden, 1837 (p. 14.

Offerings and Sacrifices


Nephites Kept and Observed the Law of Sacrifice

The Nephites definitely kept and observed the law of sacrifice, yet no procedural explanations of how such sacrifices were performed are presented in the Book of Mormon. However, there are three instances of animal sacrifice offerings recorded that shed some light on this: The first instance was an offering sacrifice performed by Lehi in the Arabian wilderness using an altar of stones in order to give thanks to God for his family’s deliverance: “And it came to pass that he built an altar of stones, and made an offering unto the Lord, and gave thanks unto the Lord our God” – 1 Nephi 2:7. The second is an animal burnt offering when Lehi and Sariah rejoiced on the return of their sons from Jerusalem: “And it came to pass that they did rejoice exceedingly, and did offer sacrifice and burnt offerings unto the Lord, and they gave thanks unto the God of Israel” – 1 Nephi 5:9. The third was also a burnt offering of sheep or goats (flocks) performed in the new land of promise when king Benjamin gathered the people at the temple in Zarahemla and “took of the firstlings of their flocks, that they might offer sacrifice and burnt offerings according to the Law of Moses” – Mosiah 2:3. Amulek taught that sacrifices were symbolically a reminder of the future great and last sacrifice of Jesus Christ: “And behold, this is the whole meaning of the law, every whit pointing to that great and last sacrifice; and that great and last sacrifice will be the Son of God, yea, infinite and eternal” – Alma 34:14. Source: Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum Pages 532-33


Fantastic Side-Note in Zarahemla

For White Paper Click Here

“In August 2020, at the proposed Zarahemla Temple Site near Montrose, Iowa (see p. 127), some descendants of Native Americans returned to a place where their ancestors 16 centuries ago may have grown and harvested Spotted Bee Balm (Monarda punctata var. villicaulis; a medicinal herb) for the treatment of fevers and diseases that can result from malaria caused by mosquito bites in seasonal hot summers. The seeds come from the ancient temple site that was necessary for believers to keep the Law of Moses. The harvested seeds connect to a people who had a highly developed civilization on the rivers and the lakes of the Heartland of America. These seeds are so small, but their connection is so large.” (John Lefgren, Ph.D., Kevin Price, Ph.D.(Photos courtesy of Kevin Price) and Wayne May) Annotated Book of Mormon page 300 

Historical Verification of the Book of Mormon in North America & Cumorah

Several of the most asked questions about Book of Mormon Geography or the Hill Cumorah go something like this:

Where is the proof of weapons of war near the Hill Cumorah?
Why are there are no arrowheads found on the Hill Cumorah?
Why is there no archaeological evidence of bones near Cumoraah?
Why is there no physical evidence for millions dead in the soil throughout the region?

There are Answers!


https://archive.org/details/archaeologyofnew00ritc

These questions above are weak arguments since my research has shown hundreds of books, articles, and research confirming that indeed Cumorah Land is full of physical and overwhelming proof that LDS and non-LDS historians have found to prove great battles, and many artifacts and archaeological facts about the timeline of the Book of Mormon in the Land of Cumorah.

As you see in the map (left) from The Archaeology of New York, you can see 109 ancient sites dated from about 2400 BC (Lamoka) to 1600 AD in New York State, and many near Cumorah. I ask you to look between the green line and the pink like in the map, as you see an absence of mound sites. Could that be indicative that after the final battles at Cumorah, the people chose not to live in those particular areas of Cumorah? There are ancient historical words that mention a “Bloody Hill” or the “Hill that ran Red all Day”. See my blog here, about THE WAR OF BARK EATERS AND WHERE THE BLOOD RAN RED ALL DAY (Hill Cumorah Battle?)

You will find below over 25 books or articles  written by non-Mormons that verify evidence of hills, mounds, ditches, artifacts, forts, bones and arrowheads during the Book of Mormon timeline of 600 BC to 421 AD found all over the eastern area of North America, from Florida to Tennessee to Illinois, to Ohio and in New York. I also share with you over 15 blogs or articles I have written of additional massive evidence you can research. Of course you can research and pray for personal revelation,

The Archaeology of New York State by William A. Ritchie 1965 page 599or you can ignore what I share. I ask you to consider gaining as much knowledge as possible in this world.

“Must be like God. — April 10, 1842. Joseph Smith said, “If you wish to go where God is, you must be like God, or possess the principles which God possesses, for if we are not drawing towards God in principle, we are going from Him and drawing towards the devil. * * A man is saved no faster than he gets knowledge, for if he does not get knowledge, he will be brought into captivity by some evil power in the other world, as evil spirits will have more knowledge, and consequently more power than many men who are on the earth. Hence It needs revelation to assist us and give us knowledge of the things of God.” A Compendium of The Doctrines Of The Gospel. Franklin D. Richards, of the Twelve Apostles of the Church of Jesus Christ of  Latter-day Saints, and Elder James A. Little, Salt Lake City, Utah: Entered according to Act of Congress in the year 1882

If you READ, Truth can be found!


Historical Verification of the Book of Mormon in North America
Non-Mormon Archaeology and Research 600 BC to 421 AD

Archaeology of New York State 1965 by William A. Ritchie Kipp Island NY

Historical Verification of the Book of Mormon in North America
Specific Articles about Archaeology near Hill Cumorah/Ramah NY

Bison Killing

Abstract: In the Book of Mormon it says, “And it came to pass that I did slay wild beasts, insomuch that I did obtain food for our families.” I Nephi 16:31

Without knowing exactly which animal”beast” refers to in the Book of Mormon, let’s look at what today’s dictionaries say: Merriam-Webster defines a beast as, “a four-footed mammal as distinguished from a human being.” Oxford defines it as “an animal, especially a large or dangerous four-footed one.” Cambridge calls a beast, “an animal, especially a large or wild one.”

Webster’s 1828 dictionary which may have been used during the time of Joseph Smith’s translation, defines beast as follows:
BEASTnoun [Latin bestia. See Boisterous.]
1. Any four footed animal, which may be used for labor, food or sport; distinguished from fowls, insects, fishes and man; as beasts of burden, beasts of the chase, beasts of the forest. It is usually applied to large animals.

The summary of the above dictionaries defining a “beast” as described in the Book of Mormon would be: Large 4-footed wild animal!

Let’s search google for some answers.

Google Search: What are some wild animals native to Central America?
Answers below:
PARROTS.
COLORFUL MACAWS.
DOLPHINS.
MONKEYS.
DRAGON-LOOKING LIZARDS.
THE KINKAJOU.
TOUCANS.
HUMMINGBIRDS.

Google Search: What are some wild animals native to South America?
Answer Below
15 Must See Unique Wild Animals of South America

  • Jaguar.
  • Sloth.
  • Guanaco. …
  • Capybara. …
  • Giant Anteater. …
  • Piraiba Catfish. …
  • Toco Toucan. …
  • Scarlet Macaw.

Google Search: What are some wild animals native to North America?
Answer Below
Top 15 Wild Animals of The United States of America

  • Bald Eagle.
  • Cougar.
  • American Alligator.
  • Grizzly Bear.
  • American Bison.
  • Moose.
  • Elk.
  • Wolverine.

As I evaluate the so called “Large 4-footed wild animal” from the above summary, it would seem that North America would have the best animals to eat for survival.

In Ether 9:34 it says, “And it came to pass that the people did follow the course of the beasts, and did devour the carcasses of them which fell by the way, until they had devoured them all.”

The above scripture would tell me that the Nephites and Jaredites would most likely survive by eating a large migrating animal which points to North America. Bison and Elk do migrate. I can’t think of any Large 4-Footed Wild Animal that migrates in South/Central America? Gorilla’s? Llama’s, Monkey’s? What large group of ancient people could survive on those types of animals? That doesn’t even include the many elephants, mammoths and mastodons found in ancient North America that could be used for food and for work.

I will go out on a limb and conclude with some basic common sense, the Book of Mormon events happened in North America. Now let’s look at some archaeological evidence to show these animals existed during Jaredite and Nephite times.

Extant Bison

A good friend of mine, Dr. Scott Cold gave a presentation at the Sept, 2025 Firm Foundation Expo called, “Expatriated ancient Israelites practice of the Law of Moses in the New World and the eschatological applications thereof.” at about minute 11 he discusses the importance of cattle for the Law of Moses. His slide presentation says the following.

American Bison are cattle

*There are no indigenous cattle species south of the Rio Grand.
*Study out of Texas A&M published on April 16, 2022, in the Journal of Scientific Reports determined that all the extant American bison herds have trace amounts of European cattle breed DNA in their genetic profiles and the subspecies bison—Bison no longer exist.

Special considerations:

*Their reasoning is that the genetic profiles of the extant herds all show evidence of selective breeding.” Dr Scott Cold 

An american bison in the black hills of South Dakota“A new study published in Scientific Reports has revealed the strongest evidence to date that all bison in North America carry multiple small, but clearly identifiable, regions of DNA that originated from domestic cattle.” Story by Aubrey Bloom, CVMBS Communications May 9, 2022

First Paleontological Site

“The first paleontological site in North America was probably at Big Bone Lick, which is now Big Bone Lick State Park near the Ohio River in Union, Kentucky. A French commander organized a dig there in 1739. Bone retrieved by him were sent to the Natural History Museum in Paris, France. In the 1960’s, the University of Nebraska conducted another dig and several mammal fossils were recovered including: possible wolf and black bear, modern bison, ancient bison, two types of musk ox, American moose, wapiti elk, common Virginia deer, extinct stag moose, caribou, flat-headed peccary, extinct North American horse, possible tapir, American mastodon, woolly mammoth, and two types of giant ground sloth. The most common fossil found at the Big Bone Lick dig was the modern bison.https://parks.ky.gov/parks/historicsites/big-bone-lick/history.aspx
Quoted from Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum page 37

“The greater portion, both of the entire skeletons of extinct animals, and the separate bones, have been taken up from black mud [in Big Bone Lick, Kentucky], about twelve feet below the level of the creek. It is supposed that the bones of mastodons found here could not have belonged to less than one hundred distinct individuals, those of the fossil elephant (E.primigenius), to twenty, besides which, a few bones of a stag, horse, megalonyx, and bison, are stated to have been obtained….In regard to the horse, it may probably have differed from our Equus caballus as much as the zebra or wild ass, in the same manner as that found at Newberne [sic] in North Carolina appears to have done” – Sir Charles Lyell, Travels in North America in the Years 1841-1842, New York: Charles E. Merrill Co. [1909], 142. Quoted from Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum page 37

Did Eat Nothing Save it was Raw Meat: One hundred and seventy-nine
years after Lehi’s family left Jerusalem, the Lamanites were “feeding upon beasts of prey” and many were eating “nothing save it was raw meat.” This diet, consisting of meat only, would require a very large sustainable population of wild animals, or very large animals, or both. One 1,800 pound bison will feed a large number of people. It has been estimated that between 30-60 million bison once roamed the Great Plains of North America. Living in tents was a necessary part of the Indian culture of moving with bison herds and correlates well with Enos’ description of the Lamanite lifestyle. In an Ancient Archaeology article, Discovery Reveals Ancient Bison Hunting in Illinois, [2006] archaeologist Alan Harn found “bison remains with a spear point, indicating that humans hunted the animals as long as 2,300 years ago.” Enos 19-27 Quoted from Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum page 121


Shifting gears the chapter below will discuss the awful killing of millions of Bison in order to kill many Native Americans. Some of the smartest and intelligent American’s were horribly wrong about the Native American’s. They were not savages, but wonderful children of God who at one time in their lives were the brightest, most developed and spiritual culture ever living on the earth. We must help and love these Lamanites. We must share the Book of Mormon with them and help in any way we can.

Steve E. Smoot will also discuss the questions below.

How do we value children in today’s world? Do we value children as a blessing or as a burden on society? Or have we been so indoctrinated with the idea that the world is overcrowded and that there should be less carbon footprints to pollute mother earth, that we are now willing to sacrifice children, which have been the life-blood and the human capital necessary, for a country’s continued growth and economic prosperity?

CHAPTER 52 Lost American Antiquities by Steve E. Smoot

Population, Sustainability, Morgan, Malthus and the American Indian

On a quiet Saturday afternoon while traveling alone, I decided to take a scenic drive atop Bristol Mountain in the Finger Lake region of western New York. At the time, I was doing some research into the early years of Lewis Henry Morgan and John Wesley Powell, who both had been born and lived in that region of western New York. As I was driving up this quiet mountain road, I came upon a sign advertising a bookstore of old and rare books. I pulled into the driveway that led to the backside of an old farmhouse only to find an old turn-of-the-century barn, beautifully finished and temperature controlled, stocked with old and used books. One of the oldest books I found was dated 1888. It was the sixth printing of Thomas Malthus’ An Essay on the Principle of Population published in London in 1798. Malthus was a Cambridge political economist and history professor and his first essay on the principles of population was published as this book. In the preface to the second edition he states, “In the course of this inquiry, I found that much more had been done than I had been aware of when I first published the Essay. The poverty and misery arising from a too rapid increase of population had been distinctly seen, and the most violent remedies proposed, so long ago as Plato and Aristotle.” 412

Thomas Malthus was convinced there were too many people in the world and that further increases in population would lead to overcrowding, wars and mass starvation. “Malthus believed that, left unchecked, population growth would far outstrip increases infood production. This was in an age when the soil was tilled by horse or oxen-drawn plows.”413

While studying in England, Lewis Henry Morgan was heavily influenced by British evolutionary theorists of his day, who at that time would tout the intriguing works of Thomas Malthus. His ideas were growing in popularity and, even then, being proposed as a tool to perfect both man and society through population control measures. Malthus affirmed, “my object was to apply it, to try the truth of those speculations on the perfectibility of man and society, which at that time excited a considerable portion of the public attention.”414

The Bison and Indians Unique Relationship

One of his most daunting ideas found in Malthus’ 1798 book, Essay on the Principle of Population, in the forth chapter, titled The Check To Population Among the American Indian. In this chapter he would refer to the Indians as savages living in a barbaric country. He depicted the Indians as “tribes of hunters, like beasts of prey whom they resemble in their mode of subsistence, will consequently be thinly scattered over the surface of the earth… Under such circumstances, that America should be very thinly peopled in proportion to its extent of territory, is merely an exemplification of the obvious truth, that population cannot increase without the food to support it…I would wish particularly to draw attention of the reader, [to] the mode by which the population is kept down to the level of this scanty supply.”415

Bison Skulls

One of the population controls measures in which Malthus would go on to suggest, “to keep populations in check” was that of controlling a population’s food supply. This practice was later used in America as massive herds of buffalo were killed in an attempt to drive the Indians to submit themselves to reservation life. Buffalo were the primary protein food source for the Indian populations of America’s heartland.

Destruction of the Bison

Malthus went on to make reference to the Indians as savages with barbaric instincts, a term that would also be used later over and over again by Morgan and Powell. He believed that what would govern their behavior in a time of scarcity would be the “great law of self-preservation.” The idea of keeping Indian populations in check as advised by Malthus, along with other social and political imperatives would help to influence the race legislation of the 1800s. These Malthusian ideas would be used to advance many population control measures, not only to curb populations of the Indians in the 1800s, but later these same ideas would be used to curb growth of populations around the world.

Thomas Malthus’ foundational theories on population, incorporating in it a scarcity mentality, that food production cannot keep pace with population growth. This later would be espoused, and readily embraced by key leaders of both the American and English scientific communities. Powell was left with an interesting dichotomy, for he and others were learning from western settlements that with new innovations and irrigation techniques, that in the near future there might not be any practical limits on how much food could be produced. With this divergent view to Malthus’s writings, Powell would be left to ponder how these Malthusian impressions as to the scarcity of resources might change society’s future perceptions.

Earlier in his career he had been a utopian, but one with his feet on the ground, his idealism tempered by science. Now he had given up expecting much from the West. The chance to plan a truly different society there had come and gone. He did not altogether give up on America or on the small farmer. If the public domain no longer offered much opportunity for agrarian democracy, the cities might. In an address to New York farmers, Powell predicted that the trend in agriculture was toward raising more food on smaller parcels of land. Farmers were intensifying their production, often in greenhouses, controlling the elements of nature to improve yields. So far this trend was limited to cultivating vegetables for local markets, but in the future farmers would grow even the cereal crops on very small plots, and under glass. Irrigation offered vital support to that trend all over the country, for it was capable of increasing every farmer’s output by five fold. The whole body of the ‘agricultural world will gather in the suburbs of the cities and towns,’ he declared, leaving the vast hinterland to livestock and forests. “There appears now to be no practical limit to the amount of food which can be produced by mankind.”416

Yet, even today with the advancements and new innovations in agricultural science, there still exists a scarcity mentality that society cannot sustain itself going forward. Don Feder, J.D. and former Boston Herald writer, in a speech on demographics pronounced the changes that are taking place around the world.

In a talk given at the 2011 Demographic Summit at the University of Moscow in Russia he stated:

The world now has seven times as many of us, as when Malthus made his apocalyptic forecast and [Paul] Ehrlich [author of the book, the Population Bomb] looked into his crystal ball and saw mass worldwide starvation. Neither of those failed predictions has deterred the population mystics, who continue to concoct end-of-the-world scenarios based on “overpopulation.” Over the past four decades (just as over the past 200 years), food production has far surpassed population growth. It always does.

Instead of starvation, it’s now an environmental cataclysm—mountains of trash, seas of pollution and an ever-widening hole in the ozone layer. Each person is said to have a “carbon footprint,” which leaves an indelible mark on the planet. And when the latest generation of population hysterics is proven wrong, once again, the next will come up with their own forecasts of gloom and doom. Thousands of years ago, when we were all living in caves or huts, the paleo Malthusians probably thought the world was overcrowded then and confidently predicted decimation of the herds of woolly mammoths if population growth continued unabated.

When Paul Ehrlich, a Stanford Professor and entomologist (someone who studies insects), published his book: The Population Bomb in 1968, he told his readers that there were far too many of us—a conclusion he reached on a trip to Calcutta. Unless population was drastically curtailed, Ehrlich predicted with total assurance: “In the 1970s and 1980s hundreds of millions of people will starve to death in spite of any crash programs.” If you missed hundreds of millions of people starving to death in the 1970s and 1980s, that’s because it never happened. The only starvation that occurred was due to civil war, collectivized agriculture or government mishandling of food supplies.417

To understand the sustainability dogma that exists in the world today, perspective is something that is important to comprehend. The following example helps to provide perspective as to whether there will be enough food and resources on this planet to sustain continued population growth going forward.

In this hypothetical example, one assumes that if you could take the entire world population, which is close to 6.8 billion, and give every man, women and child on earth a quarter of an acre of land, a family of four would have an entire acre of ground to live on and cultivate for food. This same calculation shows that the entire world population could be placed in just one of the eleven major countries of South America, Brazil, leaving the rest of South America uninhabited, while also leaving approximately a sixth of Brazil in open space. This would leave the rest of South America totally uninhabited along with all of Central and North America, Europe, Africa, India, China and all the other continents and islands of the sea totally without a inhabitant. 418

As a speaker and invited delegate at the World Congress of Families in countries as far away as Geneva Switzerland, Madrid Spain, Mexico City, Warsaw Poland, Amsterdam and Sydney Australia, I have been able to hear first-hand from many renowned scholars; economists, sociologists and demographers as they shared their research and findings on the serious social and economic consequences that were unfolding across the world.

These scholars pointed out the negative affects that the disintegration of the natural family and the population control measures would have on countries worldwide. Nearly all of these consequences stemming directly from government policy based upon a sentiment of unsustainability, and how society values children, marriage and family in today’s world.

Some of the questions that were continually being raised at these World Congresses were whether or not population growth is good for society. Can society continue to sustain the forecasted population growth? And if so, what conservation measures should be implemented to help to protect the environment? As a result of these concerns, there have been many population control measures implemented, which are now having a huge affect on many countries future growth. As the debate continues, many countries need to weigh the future impact that these conservation measures will have on the future development and economic prosperity of their country.

In attending many World Congress of Families and United Nation conferences, I have come to realize, that most Americans do not understand the implications of the philosophies and agendas that are being advanced at the United Nations. Nor do they realize that never before has there been more legal, historical, and scientific evidence demonstrating the crucial importance of reinforcing, supporting and stabilizing the natural family. At the same time, never before has the natural family, as well as public opinion regarding its meaning and importance, been more fragile.

The natural family, founded on an enduring marriage between a man and a woman that expands through the generations with children, grandchildren, uncles, aunts, cousins, and so on, is the cornerstone of a successful civilization. Without a concerted and effective effort, the world’s most essential social structures and ideas—marriage, family, parental responsibility, childhood innocence, respect for life and religious liberty, and constitutional freedoms—may erode beyond repair as many legal norms are being continually challenged.

As executive producer of three documentaries, Demographic Winter The Decline of the Human FamilyDemographic Bomb, Demography is Destiny and The New Economic Reality, Demographic Winter (See Them Here), our production team endeavored to find and to interview the foremost demographers, economists and sociologists from around the world. In their collective research these scholars’ findings show the economic and social consequences that the disintegration of the natural family, below-replacement fertility rates will have on the future of society.

In the first of these documentaries Demographic Winter the decline of the human family, was the prediction, of the global economic decline that took place in 2009. We called this new season of economic and social decline, a “Demographic Winter.”

In a talk written for a World Congress of Families, given in Amsterdam in 2009, and in Madrid, Spain in 2012, I began by asking a number of questions: How do we value children in today’s world? Do we value children as a blessing or as a burden on society? Or have we been so indoctrinated with the idea that the world is overcrowded and that there should be less carbon footprints to pollute mother earth, that we are now willing to sacrifice children, which have been the life-blood and the human capital necessary, for a country’s continued growth and economic prosperity?

•Can this world sustain continued population growth?

•Is the world really overpopulated?

•If so, how overpopulated is it? And to what degree?

•Isn’t population growth essential for a country’s continued security, growth and economic prosperity?

•Why are there organizations intentionally working to reduce the number of children born into this world; children that may be considered as essential, for countries’ continued future growth and economic prosperity?

•How will population control policies and programs affect the fate and future of society?

After interviewing many scholars; demographers, economists and sociologists, our production team came to realize that the continued disintegration of the natural family and below replacement fertility would continue to lead the world towards a demographic tipping-point, that has and will continue to cause serious economic and social consequences.

Speaking at a European Parliament sponsored conference in Brussels, Belgium in October of 2012. I shared statistics showing that it takes a birth rate of 2.1 children per couple to replace the previous generation, and all of Europe, is estimated only at 1.36. Demographers who understand what is happening are predicting a worldwide birth dearth. In the world today there has been a 50% decline in birthrates over the last 50 years because approximately 90 countries from around the world are not producing enough children to replace the previous generation. Even the United Nations Population Division shows that there will be 248 million fewer children under the age of 5 in 2050 than there are today.

Over the last century the media, our public schools and universities, have consistently taught that the world is over populated and that more children and a growing population is bad for the environment and society, making it politically incorrect for politicians, teachers, and professors to talk about the need for population growth. For interwoven into the tapestry of human history is the thread of academic thought that warns that food supply cannot keep pace with world population growth.

Ancient American Forts

Social engineers, environmentalists, and politicians have referred to this as the “unsustainability problem.” This elite viewpoint, that the planet cannot sustain future population growth, is a claim that has been echoed around the world and throughout history. The first to make it famous was Thomas Malthus in the late 1700’s. Then in 1968 Paul Ehrlich, with his runaway bestseller book, The Population Bomb, made this idea famous once again, as he claimed that by the mid-1980’s hundreds of millions of people would starve to death due to overpopulation, resulting from his claim that there wasn’t enough resources to sustain future population growth. However, history has shown that with human ingenuity and new technology, food production can easily keep pace with population growth.

As Paul Ehrlich was making many absurd and unrealized prophecies of global starvation, Dr. Norman Borlaug, an American agricultural scientist, and a recipient of the Nobel Peace Prize and the Congressional Gold Medal for his work in developing a high yield disease-resistant wheat strains, helped farmers greatly increase the world’s wheat production. From 1965 through 1970, Dr. Borlaug introduced this seed to Pakistan and India, two of the most densely populated countries in the world. In Pakistan, wheat yields went from 4.6 million tons in 1965 to over 21 million tons by 2000. And in India wheat production grew from 12.3 million tons in 1965 to 76.4 million tons of wheat produced in 2000. This would greatly outpace the rate of population growth and making these countries not only self-sufficient but major exporters of wheat.

In our research and interviews with scholars we learned of the pronounced importance that children play as the lifeblood and the human capital needed for a country’s continued growth and economic prosperity. Statistical and technical analysis shows that consistent and sustained population growth fuels economic growth. So what will that mean to some 90 countries from around the world, which will not be able to replace their previous generation? Will there be enough young workers to pay the elderly pensions and medical care?

With most of Europe and Asia approaching a birthrate of one child per couple, the reality of this self-imposed one child policy leaves only one child to care for the needs of two retired parents and four elderly grandparents. This will leave an economic formula that will not work as one child will be left to pull the wagon while six are entering retirement and looking to ride. This is all happening in a time when the average age of nation’s populations are out of balance, with too few young to support the rapidly growing elderly population. At this time, the tax burden on the youth will be too great, to the point, that it will lead to serious and chilling economic consequences and social unrest.

Overpopulation is a myth and under-population could soon be a reality. When there aren’t enough of us to keep industries humming, to grow the food, develop the natural resources, manufacture the products and provide the services needed to keep society functioning —that’s under-population. More people equal a greater capacity for production, development of resources and innovation—which in turn leads to higher standards of living for all. As the late economist Julian Simon noted, people are the ultimate resource. Growing wealth is always accompanied by robust population growth. By the way, it’s no coincidence that the Industrial Revolution happened in Britain, which had the highest population density in Europe in the early 19th century.419

Graphic from the documentary, The New Economic Reality Demographic Winter, Designed by Director Rick Stout

_______________________

412 Thomas Malthus, The Principle of Population, London June 8, 1803, Preface to second addition: v, vi

413 Don Feder, excerpts from a talk given at Demographic Summit @ Moscow University, June 29, 2011

414 Malthus, The Principle of Population, London June 8, 1803, Preface

415 Malthus, The Principle of Population, London, Reeves and Turner, 1888 printing: 18

416 Donald Worster, A River Running West, the Life of John Wesley Powell: 532. (Referencing the Washington Post, May 25, 1902)

417 Feder, 2, 3

418 S. E. Smoot, Speech given at World Congress of Families, Madrid, Spain, 2012 (Population 6.8 Billion, Brazil 3,286,469 Sq. Miles = 2,103,340,160 Acres, Family of four would average 1.24 acres)

419 Ibid.If you find an erro

The New World [North America] is actually the Old World

When you ask a typical person where did life begin called, the “Cradle of Civilization”, they say Mesopotamia. Search google. “The earliest signs of a process leading to sedentary culture can be seen in the Levant to as early as 12,000 BC, when the Natufian culture became sedentary; it evolved into an agricultural society by 10,000 BC.” Wikipedia

When you are asked, where did Noah build the Ark?, most people don’t know, but they should. It is Near the true Cradle of Civilization in North America. Why do people call Jerusalem the “Old World” and yet, it came after the “true Old World”, North America?

As the scripture says, “this land [North or South America?] should be kept as yet from the knowledge of other nations; for behold, many nations would overrun the land, that there would be no place for an inheritance.” 2 Nephi 1:8. This is why the Vikings and others were not allowed to remain upon the chosen land. After Columbus thousands of explorers came. See here for a huge list of Explorers:

It doesn’t mean no one could come to this land, but no one that the Lord designated would be allowed and come and stay in the Promised land as His people. Because of this we would expect a smaller group that Lehi would greet (See my Blog Here), not a huge contingent of people like in Central and South America as most Mesoamericanists believe. I can’t imagine how Nephi could be a King of a largely inhabited land with just a few of Lehi’s people supporting him. If there was a large contingency of natives on the land previously they wouldn’t allow an outside group like the Nephites to lead their old established civilization, would they?

Mesoamericanists also say the Hebrew DNA of Lehi’s people, who they say landed in Guatemala or Chile, would have died out quickly amongst so many Mayan natives. We believe the Hebrew DNA was established in North America and remains today near the Great Lakes. Article here:

Our Civilization’s Second Start

“It was on this continent, near the center of this continent (in fact, very near Missouri, which is the center of this continent), that the Garden of Eden was located… Also it was there that Cain slew Abel. It was there that Noah built an ark, in the middle of a continent like the United States. No wonder they thought he was a little bit “strange,” to say the least. It was there that he and his wife and his three sons and their wives embarked on the ark and floated for many, many days. The ark finally came to rest on top of Mount Ararat. They came down out of the ark, and civilization supposedly started from there. But that was the second start. Civilization had already started here. Hartman Rector Jr. 


Lehi’s Landing

“I think the text shows Lehi’s colony landing in the promised land in Florida, planting their own seeds, finding animals and ore in the wilderness, all while completely unimpeded by any existing civilization. (1 Ne. 18:23-5). I think Lehi’s observation that “this land should be kept as yet from the knowledge of other nations” was accurate; i.e., that there were no “other nations” in the promised land where they landed, “for behold, many nations would overrun the land, that there would be no place for an inheritance” (2 Nephi 1:8). I do think think there were some indigenous people who went with Nephi when he fled (2 Nephi 5:6), but I infer they were unorganized hunter/gatherers that did not qualify as any sort of “nation” and were impressed by the Jewish immigrants’ technology, language, etc.

In my view, it is difficult enough to believe that Lehi’s family, a relative handful of immigrants from a distant culture speaking a different language, could have arrived and started planting crops on unclaimed land in Mesoamerica, encountering no resistance, but it is even more difficult to believe Lehi’s descendants could have managed to rule as kings and chief judges over even a part of a Mayan civilization, and that in the midst of this Mayan civilization, King Mosiah could have escaped with the Nephites into the wilderness and found a much larger group of illiterate people (the people of Zarahemla) who possessed exactly one engraven stone.

Now that we are learning from LiDAR that the Mayan civilization was even larger, more densely populated, and more sophisticated than we previously realized, the Book of Mormon seems even less plausible in that setting. IOW, the grander the Mayan civilization, the less likely it is that Lehi landed anywhere near that civilization.

This view is based on the text and has nothing directly to do with the New York Cumorah, but it does confirm my bias in favor of the New York Cumorah.” Jonathan Neville


Mulekites- From St Lawrence Seaway or the Mississippi River? You decide.

Could the Mulekites come from Jerusalem through the St Lawrence Seaway and then settled in Montrose Iowa which we call Zarahemla? Yes! Some of us believe however that they may have come from Jerusalem the same way Lehi got here. Lehi landed near Apalachicola, FL and Mulek arrived at the mouth of the Mississippi River and then continued up river and was stopped at the Des Moines River rapids near Keokuk, Iowa.

The main scripture I like is Omni 1:15-16 to verify the Mississippi route which says, “Behold, it came to pass that Mosiah discovered that the people of Zarahemla came out from Jerusalem at the time that Zedekiah, king of Judah, was carried away captive into Babylon. And they journeyed in the wilderness, and were brought by the hand of the Lord across the great waters, into the land where Mosiah discovered them; and they had dwelt there from that time forth.”

In other words the Mulekites stayed at the same place that they landed when Mosiah discovered them. (Straight route from the Mississippi River to Iowa). Through the St Lawrence seaway and then through the Great Lakes and Lake Erie they would have to land near Detroit, MI and then walk by foot or take a new route of rivers from Detroit to Iowa approximately 500 miles away.

If the Mulekites came by way of the St Lawrence then the Great Lakes through Lake Michigan and landed in Chicago, they still would have to walk about 270 miles to Iowa.

“And they gave an account of one Coriantumr, and the slain of his people. And Coriantumr was discovered by the people of Zarahemla; and he dwelt with them for the space of nine moons.” Omni 1:21

The people of Zarahemla (Mulekites) could have picked up Coriantumr near Hill Cumorah or the Lake Ontario as some believe, or the people of Zarahemla could have picked up Coriantumr where he traveled to. In other words, Coriantumr didn’t die and may have taken a few months to heal up. When he was healed he could have taken the Allegheny River to the connecting Ohio river which runs all the way to the Head of Sidon, (Where the Ohio and Mississippi meet), where anyone from the Land of Zarahemla (Illinois, Missouri, Iowa) could have found him.

You decide. I like the Mississippi route.
Lehi left Jerusalem which is about 30 degree latitude and arriving near Apalachicola, FLA which is also near 30 degrees latitude. A great similar location for planting seeds and having similar animals. “It Makes Sense”

I have some great friends from Texas named Frank and Jennifer Brown. They were kind enough to find some great information below and send it to me, which contributed to the purpose for this blog today. Thanks so much.

THE ABORIGINES OF AMERICA by Charles Morris

“[The preceding pages have been devoted to the history of the relations between the inhabitants of the Eastern and Western Continents, and to the various statements that indicate a possible knowledge of, and voyages to, America in the era before Columbus. To complete this preliminary survey a brief account of what is known of the American aborigines in this early era is necessary.

In relation to this period of American history there exists an abundance of literary material, comprising researches into the languages, race- conditions, customs, antiquities, traditions, and manuscript annals of the tribes and nations of the aborigines. None of this material is historical in the full sense of the term, though much of it may be considered as indirectly so.

The editor of this work, however, has been unable to meet with any general statement in a form sufficiently condensed to yield a brief yet comprehensive review of the whole subject. He has, therefore, himself prepared a paper which may serve imperfectly to fill this vacancy, and to complete the examination of the history of America prior to Columbus.]” Charles Morris THE ABORIGINES OF AMERICA.

Editor’s Note: This information was written as non Historical by Mr. Morris. However at that time he knew nothing about the Book of Mormon. We are blessed with the Book of Mormon which validates much of the Historical context of Mr. Morris’ information.

We as members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints understand the peopling of the earth as shared by books of God and by Prophets and Apostles. Before discussing the people from Adam to Peleg on the huge one continent we used to live on, we will discuss the Adena (Jaredites) and the (Hopewell) who live in North America after the worldwide flood of Noah, below at the article from Hartman Rector Jr.

Joseph and the Saints Passed through the Adena and Hopewell Land in North America

“Zion’s Camp started in Kirtland, Ohio and ended in Independence, Missouri. The Camp traveled areas occupied by both the Hopewell (see p. 535) and Adena (see p. 452) cultures.” Annotated Book of Mormon ZION’S CAMP AND THE “PLAINS OF THE NEPHITES” Illustration by Rod L Meldrum

Adena

“The Adena culture existed from 1500 BC to 300 AD, in a time known as the Early Woodland period. The Adena culture refers to what were probably a number of related Native American societies sharing a burial complex and ceremonial system. The Adena lived in an area including parts of present-day Ohio, Indiana, West Virginia, Kentucky, New York, Pennsylvania and Maryland. Their culture parallels the time frame of the Jaredites.

Hopewell

The Nephite Culture of the Book of Mormon from 600 BC to 400 AD, has so many amazing similarities to the Hopewell Culture in the United States. Many archaeologists, scientists and historians who aren’t members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, know and believe the history of the Hopewell Culture and verify the dating which parallels the Book of Mormon. See my blog here about a fantastic article I referenced of a discussion between Archaeologist of Ohio William Mills in 1917 with James E. Talmadge showing the parallel of the Hopewell and the Nephite Civilizations.

My talk called “Nephite/Hopewell Parallels” is streaming on our new online streaming service here! Currently we have over 1,700 fantastic videos you can choose from.


This talk by Elder Rector will possibly be the most important thing you read if you had no knowledge that the New World of North America is really the Old World, where life began. Did you know that Noah’s Ark was built and sailed from North America? An additional article you need to read is called “A Promised Land” by Elder Jeffrey R Holland Here

Hartman Rector Jr

THIS LAND IS CHOICE
I thrill when I see the flag. I hope you do, too. It stands for the USA. This is a land choice above all other lands. We have revelation on the subject. There’s nothing like the USA anywhere. There never has been, and I presume there never will be. The Lord has made that comment in respect to this earth. There are those who feel that we in the Western Hemisphere are the New World but, of course, we aren’t the New World at all this is where it all began; thus the USA is really the “Old World.”

It was on this continent, near the center of this continent (in fact, very near Missouri, which is the center of this continent), that the Garden of Eden was located. Life didn’t start off over in what they call the “cradle of civilization” or today’s Holy Land. No, it started in the central part of the United States. That’s where Adam and Eve were cast out of the garden. They moved out to earn their bread by the sweat of their brows. Also it was there that Cain slew Abel. It was there that Noah built an ark, in the middle of a continent like the United States. No wonder they thought he was a little bit “strange,” to say the least. It was there that he and his wife and his three sons and their wives embarked on the ark and floated for many, many days. The ark finally came to rest on top of Mount Ararat. They came down out of the ark, and civilization supposedly started from there. But that was the second start. Civilization had already started here.

By Clark Kelley Price

The Book of Mormon says that, when the waters receded off of this land, it became a land choice above all other lands—a land of promise to those who would obey the God of this land, who is Jesus Christ. If the people would not obey the God of this land, then they would be swept off (see Ether 2:7–12). That has happened at least three times previously as far as we know. It happened in Noah’s time, certainly. It happened again to the Jaredite civilization. It happened again in the Nephite civilization, which included the Mulekites. It may have happened at other times. We’re not sure. We don’t have all the records that deal with this land, but what records we do have are consistent. The warning to us in this day and time is that unless we live these commandments, unless we serve the God of this land, we too can be swept from this land. I don’t believe that will happen again because this people, the Lord’s people, the Latter-day Saints, are going to keep the commandments of God. If they don’t, they will no longer be Latter-day Saints.

It’s important that we know where our salvation is. We know that if we want to remain free we have to remain firm—firm in living obedient to these commandments. This nation has been established primarily to preach the gospel. That’s really the only purpose in it. Nations such as this are not established just to enjoy prosperity and ease in living, though we have that; but if we let this be our object and design, the nation will not remain free. A call to be God’s nation is a call to service, a call to give of ourselves, to reach out as we have been doing since the day the USA really became a nation.

Early in our history there were those who were friendly to us because we were struggling. It seems that tyranny has always been more organized than freedom. Freedom is more precious than any of the gifts for which you may be tempted to give it up. Sometimes we’re tempted to give it up for ease or for personal convenience, but we dare not. Someone has said that anyone can sympathize with a friend’s suffering, but it requires a really fine nature to sympathize with a friend’s success. The USA has been very successful, and some who were our friends while we were struggling are no longer such fast friends. They find things to criticize about us. I presume that we deserve it, but there’s still no nation like this one, which has been set up to reach out to people and to lift people. That’s what we’ve done.

SPREADING THE GOSPEL FROM THE USA
I’m proud of the USA because it has provided the means to establish and carry forth the gospel. It took a Constitution that was put together by men whom the Lord raised up for that very purpose. He says that he did:

Therefore, it is not right that any man should be in bondage one to another.

And for this purpose have I established the Constitution of this land, by the hands of wise men whom I raised up unto this very purpose and redeemed the land by the shedding of blood. [D&C 101:79–80]

It seems always to be part of the Lord’s economy that choice lands must be redeemed by the shedding of blood. This is a pattern the Lord has always followed.” Hartman Rector Jr.r., was a member of the First Quorum of the Seventy of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints when this fireside address was given at Brigham Young University on 30 June 1974.


Important Note

Most of the aborigines spoken about in Mr. Morris’ “Aborigines of America” probably consisted of the two later cultures in North America; the Fort Ancient Culture which was a mix of the Hopewell and Mayans, and the Mississippian Culture a mixture of Hopewellian only cultures. The Historic culture are those Natives discovered after Columbus.

In about 900-1000 AD the Mayan Culture suddenly collapsed in Central America and most of them came into North America by way of California and Texas or through the Gulf of Mexico where they had a straight river run up the Mississippi river to St Louis MO. Many of you have heard of Cahokia Mounds in St. Louis. It is the largest Native American site found in North America. Cahokia is not a Hopewell era site but a Mississippian era site so it has nothing to do with the Nephites or Lamanites since their era ended in 421 AD.

Historians say that between about 500 AD and 800 AD there was almost no Native activity or pottery found in eastern USA. Cultures ended very suddenly as we know from the final battle at Cumorah. Historians have no clue what happened.

The Mayans subdued the Hopewellian cultures and forced them to make huge ceremonial mounds for the Mayans for almost 300 years. Many Indian chiefs have told Wayne May that these “Snake People”, Mayans from the south forced the “Lamanites in slave labor. In about 1100 AD or so the Mayans went back to Central America with many Hopewellian and mixed race people. Thuse the blood of the Nephites was spread all around the western USA and South and Central America.

Fort Ancient Culture 900 AD to 1300 AD
Mississippian Culture 1000 AD to 1600 AD
Historic Native American Culture 1500 AD to 1800 AD


The Great Republic by the Master Historians Continued.

Charles Morris THE ABORIGINES OF AMERICA continues saying, “On the discovery and exploration of America it was found to be everywhere inhabited, from the north polar region to the extreme south, by peoples differing in degree of culture from abject savagery to a low stage of civilization. Though at first all these peoples were looked upon as members of a single race, later research has rendered this questionable, marked diversities in ethnological character having been perceived. In language a greater unity appears, philologists generally holding that the American languages all belong to one family of human speech, though the dialects differ widely in character and in degree of development. The American languages approach in type those of northern Asia, though not very closely. The same may be said of the American features. Yet if the Americans and Mongolians were originally of the same race, as seems not improbable, their separation must have taken place at a remote period, to judge from the diversities which now exist between them.

The aboriginal inhabitants of the United States, when first discovered, differed very considerably in political and social condition. Those of the north were in a state of savagery or low barbarism. The southern Indians were much more advanced politically, while the Natchez people of the lower Mississippi possessed a well-organized despotic monarchy, widely different in character from the institutions of the free tribes of the north. In Mexico existed a powerful civilized empire, despotic in character, possessed of many historical traditions, and having an extensive literature, which was nearly all destroyed by the Spanish conquerors.

In this region were two distinct linguistic races, the Nahuas of Mexico and the Mayas of the more southern region. To the latter are due the re- markable architectural remains of Yucatan and Guatemala. In South America was also discovered an extensive civilized empire, of a highly-marked despotic type, — the Inca empire of Peru. This rather low form of civilization extended far to the north and south in the district west of the Andes, while the remainder of South America was occupied by savage tribes, some of them exceedingly debased in condition.

Of late years it has been made evident, through diversified archaeological discoveries, that at some epoch, perhaps not very remote, the whole region of the Mississippi Valley was the seat of a semi-civilized population, probably somewhat closely approaching in customs and condition the inhabitants of the Gulf States when first seen by the Spanish and French explorers. This people had utterly vanished from the region of the northern United States at the earliest date of the advent of the whites, and perhaps many centuries before that era ; yet the whole region of their former residence is so abundantly covered with their weapons, utensils, ornaments, and architectural remains, that we are not only positively assured of their former existence, but are enabled also to form many conjectures as to their probable history. (Jaredites?)

What are here spoken of as architectural remains consist principally of earth mounds, of considerable diversity in character and appearance, and some of them of enormous dimensions. There is in this fact alone nothing of peculiar interest. Earth mounds, generally sepulchral in purpose, exist widely throughout the older continents. But the American mounds are remarkable for their excessive numbers, their peculiarities of construction, their occasional great size, and the diversity of their probable purpose. They are found abundantly over the whole region from the Rocky Mountains to the Alleghenies, and from the Great Lakes to the Gulf, and to some small extent beyond these limits. In the State of Ohio alone there are said to be more than ten thousand mounds, with perhaps fifteen hundred defensive works and enclosures. About five thousand of them are said to exist within a radius of fifty miles from the mouth of the Illinois River, in the State of Illinois.

In the South they are equally abundant. The Gulf States are full of them. From Florida to Texas they everywhere exist, of the greatest diversity in size and shape. Smaller examples occur beyond the limits of the region above outlined, though in much less abundance. These mounds are usually from six to thirty feet high and forty to one hundred in diameter, though some are much larger. To the vanished race to whose labors they are due has been given the name of the “ Mound-Builders.”

Many of these structures were evidently erected for defensive purposes, and they constitute an extensive system of earthworks on the hills and river-bluffs, indicating a considerable population in the valleys below. Other works are remarkably regular earthworks on the valley levels, forming enclosures in various geometrical patterns, which comprise circles, squares, and other figures. The purpose of these peculiar enclosures is unknown, though it was probably connected with religious observances. Of the smaller mounds, some are supposed to have been used as altars ; but the most numerous class are the burial- mounds, in which skeletons have often been found. In Wisconsin, and to some extent elsewhere, are found mounds rudely imitating the shape of animals. But the most extraordinary of these erections, from their great size and the enormous degree of labor which they indicate, are the so-called “ temple mounds,” of which the one at Cahokia, Illinois, measures seven hundred by five hundred feet at base and ninety feet in perpendicular height. It was probably the seat of a temple. Many similar mounds, though none so large as this, exist in the Gulf States.

The mounds contain very numerous relics of the arts of their builders, these consisting of various articles of pottery, stone pipes of highly-skillful construction, in imitation of animal forms, stone implements in great variety, ornaments of beaten copper, pearls, plates of mica, fragments of woven fabrics, and other articles, indicative of much industry and a considerable advance in the simpler arts.

Whether the semi-civilization of this people developed in the region in which their remains are found, or is due to the northward movement of a civilized people from the south, cannot be decided. That they were a numerous agricultural people, under the control of a despotic government, and of strong religious superstitions, seems evident from the vast labors which they performed and the religious purpose of the greatest of these works. There is abundant reason to believe that they were in hostile relations with tribes of savages, perhaps the original inhabitants of the country, to the northward and eastward. Against the assaults of these the earthworks were built. These assaults were finally successful. The “ Mound-Builders ” were conquered, and either annihilated or, more probably, driven south. It is highly improbable that they constituted a single empire, or a series of extensive governments. We may more safely consider them as a congeries of strong tribal organizations, probably to some extent mutually hostile, who were weakened by intestine wars and conquered piecemeal by their numerous and persistent savage foes.

Before considering the political and other relations of the northern Indians, some reference may be made to the architectural remains of the other aborigines of America. Remarkable ruins exist in the mountain-region of the west, in parts of Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, Arizona, and northern Mexico. Principal among these are the Pueblo buildings, huge communistic structures, of several stories in height, and some of them capable of shelter.” The Great Republic by the Master Historians .. by Morris, Charles, 1833-1922 Page 29-33 Thanks again to Frank and Jennifer Brown for sharing this article with me. Below is the link to find this book.
https://archive.org/details/greatrepublicbym01morr/page/30/mode/2up


Adena and Hopewell of North America

Find More Information

You can discover more information about the connection between the Hopewell, Nephites, and Jews in Ohio in the my book, Moroni’s America-Land Bountiful Edition seen below. This 60 Map Bountiful Edition is available in a great package below.

Heartland Map Package:
Moroni’s America-Maps Edition 150 Pages, AND Moroni’s America-Land Bountiful Edition 60 Maps. 210 Total Maps, PLUS receive the All-New 20″ x 30″ Folding Travel Map. Buy ALL THREE and Save 18% here.

Mastodons, Mound Builders, and Dickeson–Pioneering American Archaeologist

The following information is from The Annotated Book of Mormon by David Hocking and Rod Meldrum, pages 472-474. Order here.

“An interesting study on ‘Men and Elephants in America’ (Ludwell H. Johnson, “Men and Elephants in America,” The Scientific Monthly 75 (1952), 220-221] . . . concludes: ‘Archaeology has proved that the American Indian hunted and killed elephants; it has also strongly indicated that these elephants have been extinct for several thousand years. This means that the traditions of the Indians recalling these animals have retained their historical validity for great stretches of time. . . Probably the minimum is three thousand years,’ . . . which would place [the elephant’s] extinction about a thousand years B.C., when the Jaredite culture was already very old and Lehi’s people were not to appear on the scene for some centuries. . . Here, then, is a strong argument for Jaredite survivors among the Indians” – Hugh Nibley, “The Prophetic Book of Mormon,” Collected Works of Hugh Nibley, Volume 8, Deseret Book Company [1989], 111.

Mastodons (Mammut) are a type of ancient elephant ancestor. They were similar in appearance to modern elephants. Like modern elephants, they had trunks. They also had tusks, although mastodons had shorter tusks than modern elephants or mammoths. Their front and back legs were similar in height (e.g., Haynes, 1993). A full-grown adult male mastodon, would have averaged 9.5 ft (2.9 m) at the shoulder, while male African elephants, average 10.5 ft (3.2 m) at the shoulder. Mastodons, however, were stockier (more robust) and heavier, than modern elephants (Larramendi, 2015). https://www.uky.edu/KGS/fossils/fossil-month-11-2021-mastodon-teeth.php


Mastodons, Mound Builders, and Montroville Wilson Dickeson–Pioneering American Archaeologist

egan_panorama
 Figure 1. Section of panorama painted ca. 1850 by John Egan from Montroville Dickeson’s field notes depicting, somewhat fancifully, mounds at Cado Parish, Louisiana. From John Egan, Monumental Grandeur of the Mississippi Valley. Reproduced by permission of the St. Louis Museum of Art.
 

The history of archaeology is populated by a varied cast of scholars. showmen, adventurers. and charlatans. This article exam­ines the career of a little-known pioneer of American archaeology. Montroville Wilson Dickeson (1810-1882). Dickeson, a Philadel­phia physician, conducted extensive excavations of archaeological sites in Louisiana and Mis­sissippi in the 1840s (Figs. 1. 2), amassing a collection of thousands of artifacts. He also acquired. through purchase or trade, material from seventeen other states or territories. More importantly, he contributed to the two great questions debated in 19th-century archaeology: When did the first people arrive in the New World? and, Who had constructed the enor­mous prehistoric earthworks found along the Ohio and Mississippi rivers?

In 1899 the newly formed Free Museum of Science and Art (now the University of Penn­sylvania Museum) acquired Dickeson’s extensive artifact collections, as well as his notes and a massive panoramic painting documenting high­lights of his fieldwork. Today. artifacts from these collections remain important components of the American Section’s holdings. They have the potential to inform us about both the prehistory of the southeastern United States and the history of American archaeology. Dickeson research, however, has received little recent attention.

The Early Years of American Archaeology

montroville_dickeson
Figure 2. Montroville Wilson Dickeson. Lithograph portrait from his American Numismatic Manual (1859). Courtesy of Annenberg Rare Book & Manuscript Library, University of Pennsylvania 

Dickeson was not alone in his interest in North American archaeology. Thomas Jefferson is generally credited with being the first American archaeologist. In 1784, the sage of Monticello conducted excavations at a small prehistoric burial mound or barrow near Charlottesville. Virginia. Jefferson was interested in determining the age of the mound. In his words, That they were reposi­tories of the dead. has been obvious to all; but on what particular occasion constructed, was a matter of doubt” ( Jefferson 1787[1982]; 160).

Other researchers shared Jefferson’s interest. The 19th century saw a growing fascination with America’s prehistoric past. As settlers crossed the Appalachians and headed for the fertile bottomlands of the Midwest. they encountered spectacular earthworks of varied forms. Few of these pioneers were willing to attribute these structures to Native Americans, past or present. The tribes they were familiar with, particularly in the Northeast, were not known to build earthen mounds. Moreover, many Native American peo­ples were in social disarray, reeling from years of warfare, and their populations were much reduced by disease and poverty. To some observ­ers, they seemed hardly capable of constructing the massive mounds.

Thus there was rampant speculation regard­ing the identities of the so-called Mound Builders. Phoenicians, Israelites, Vikings Irish Monks, Toltecs from Mexico, and even the conquistador Hernando De Soto were all put forward as possibilities (Silverberg 1968; Wil­liams 1991). Some scholars were, however, more circumspect in their interpretations. Historian Roger Kennedy notes that “…Jefferson, Gallatin, and Washington simply assumed that the people they found in the [Ohio] Valley had been pre­ceded by other Indians who had known more effulgent circumstances. ‘a more populous peo­ple’ but not a different one” (1994:236). One other researcher who was willing to attribute these monumental earthworks to indigenous peoples was Montroville Wilson Dickeson.

Young Dickeson

Montroville Wilson Dickeson was born in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, in 1810. He was raised in Gloucester County. New Jersey, where his family owned a farm in Woodbury (Veit 1997). Even as a youth he had a great interest in the natural sciences and was an inveterate col­lector, accumulating “rocks, insects, reptiles, and shells” (W. Dickeson 18g9:1). As a teenager he discovered several unique fossils in the Creta­ceous marl beds of southern New Jersey. These finds brought him to the attention of the local scientific community. Philadelphia. at the time, was the intellectual center of the young United States. The scholarly institutions in the city included the American Philosophical Society, the Franklin Institute, the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. the Academy of Natural Sciences, the University of Pennsylvania. and Peale’s Museum—America’s first commercially successful museum.

Dickeson studied medicine with Dr. Joseph Parrish in Philadelphia. Parrish was both a dis­tinguished physician and, according to contem­porary accounts, an “extraordinarily popular” lecturer on chemistry (Simpson 1859). After completing his studies, Dickeson practiced at the Philadelphia Dispensary. Although he was appar­ently a successful physician, he decided, after only one or two years of practice, to pursue his other interest—archaeology. His brother William, the author of a posthumous biographical sketch, wrote “[Medicine] was not the only object of his life, the passion for research in the new field of American Archaeology took him to the valleys of the Ohio and the Mississippi where for seven years or from 1837 to 1844 he was a constant traveler” (1899:2-3). Montroville’s own notes indicate that he might better have been described as a constant excavator! Moreover, he was appar­ently in Mississippi as late as July 1847, for in that year he was excavating on one of John A. Quitman’s plantations, Springfield. There he “found a large Indian mound which contained immense quantities of skulls and bones of natives who he estimated had inhabited the area a thousand years earl ier….News of the archaeological find… soon appeared in several newspapers, one as far away as Houston, Texas” (May 1985:130).

mississippi_river_drawing
Figure 3. Map of the Mississippi River around Natchez, Mississippi, hand-drawn ca. 1837-44 by Dickeson showing mounds in the vicinity. UPM Archives, Dickeson Coll., Special Colls.; Oversize maps, plans, and drawings. UPM neg. 58-142136.

Despite the fact that he was active over 150 years ago. a variety of sources survive which can cast light on Dickeson’s research. One is the pre­viously mentioned sketch written by his brother, who was also a physician and naturalist. Mon­troville himself penned a series of short articles for the Philadelphia literary magazine The Lotus (Veit 1997:112). In these he presented his con­clusions to a public audience, something too few archaeologists find the time to do. However, the most important surviving sources are Dickeson’s original notebook (1848) and an accompanying artifact catalog (n.d.) curated in the University of Pennsylvania Museum Archives. A large and fairly detailed map of Natchez, Mississippi, show­ing many of the mound groups with which he was familiar, is also held by the Museum (Fig. 3).

According to Dickeson’s notes, he spent seven years in “investigation of the Southern Mound Builders relics in which upward of one thousand tumuli of that long lost and unhistori­cal people were opened” (1848 : 1). Although he was an archaeological pioneer and might even be described as an archaeological visionary, his reported numbers are often contradictory and may well be exaggerated. For instance, the num­ber of mounds investigated is open to debate. As noted above, one source claims more than one thousand; his best-known publication, the American Numismatic Manual, claims “ten hun­dred and forty three” mounds (1859:44); and his artifact catalog lists closer to 40 mound groups. While these discrepancies are rather spectacular, there is no question that the hyperbole-prone doctor was actively excavating prehistoric earthworks.

Dickeson- Archaeologist or Antiquarian?

cross_sectioned_mound
Figure 4. An unidentified mound in Louisiana or Mississippi cross-sectioned. From Dickeson’s notes, drawn ca. 1843. Each stratigraphic layer is individually described. UPM neg. S4-141982

Dickeson was active in an era when there was a resurgence of interest in the ancient past. In northern Europe, by the 18th century, the grand tour had become the capstone of many young gentlemen’s education. The ideas and musings on classical civilization and architecture they brought home from Greece and Rome, as well as the sculptures and other antiquities they decamped with, helped shape architectural design, clothing fashions, and political thought on both sides of the Atlantic. Archaeological excavations at Pom­peii had begun in 1738 and have continued unabated to the present day. Goethe, who visited the site in 1787, stated, “Many a calamity has happened in the world, but never one that has caused so much entertainment to posterity” (quoted in Bahn 1996:59). The past was much on the minds of intellectuals in the early 19th century.

Although Dickeson was clearly influenced by the romantic movement, he differed from con­temporary antiquarians: he hoped to address spe­cific questions about the societal evolution and history of prehistoric people. The following pas­sage highlights both his romantic sensibilities and his feelings on the importance of archaeology:

the beautiful frescoes of Herculaneum and Pompeii, around them time has indeed flung the silvery mantle of old while he has swept them with decay; but their years may be enumerated; and their circumstances, their authors and the purpose of their origins, together with the incidents of their ruin are chiseled on history’s pages for coming ages. But who shall tell the era of the origin of these venerable earth heaps!—the race of their builders, the purpose of their erection, the thousand circum­stances attending their rise, history, and desertion—why now so lonely and deso­late? (Dickeson 1848:4)

Dickeson clearly separates the earthen mounds of the Americas from classical ruins. The for­mer, as he notes, are much more enigmatic and cannot be tied to historical records as can Greek and Roman ruins.

egan_panorama_section
Figure 5. Section from Egan’s panorama showing the 1843 excavation of a mound on the plantation of william Feriday, Concordia Parish, Louisiana. Dickeson, always the showman, appears twice in the painting; once on the left sketching the mound, and again in the center taking notes.

Dickeson carried out extensive excavations in an effort to solve the questions he posed. His techniques were fairly sophisticated for the time. Like Jefferson before him, he advocated using trenches to section mounds, a technique that would remain popular well into the 20th cen­tury. More importantly, he took detailed notes on stratigraphy. At a time when many archaeolo­gists saw soil as an impediment to be removed, Dickeson was aware of the importance of soil lay­ers for interpreting the development of sites.

One of the most interesting documents found among his papers is a cross-section of an uniden­tified mound in Louisiana or Mississippi, with the various layers of soil carefully delineated and described, along with accompanying artifacts (Fig. 4.). A painting done from Dickeson field notes showing a mound with distinct soil strata (Fig. 5) is a common illustration in archaeological texts.

Although his notes are not detailed enough to let us know whether he excavated stratigraphically or simply recognized the importance of strata, his excavations nonetheless predate by some fifty years those of the recognized progenitors of American stratigraphic excavations—W.H. Dail, Max Uhle, and Alfred Kidder. In terms of artifacts, Dickeson had wide-ranging interests. He collected pottery, stone tools, historic artifacts, human skeletal remains, and fossils (Figs. 6 and 7; also see Fig. to). Unlike many of his contemporaries, he noted the waste flakes or debitage generated during the manufacture of stone tools.

Frequently we found a great pile of their chippings among which we find a number of similar pieces and not a single piece that has been finished. This fact led us to suppose that at this place they were chipped into this primitive form, and then by other parties advanced further to the secondary stage, and by more delicate hands finished. (Dickeson 1848 45)

This passage is also noteworthy because it details the stages of stone tool manufacture. Although Dickeson may have been incorrect in assigning the chippings to different workers, his idea that the tools went through several stages of manufac­ture is shared by modern scholars.

The Mound Builders

dinosaur_bones_sulfur_springs
Figure 8. Discovery of Dinosaur Bones at Sulfur Springs, 1839. This frame from the panorama shows one of the instances in which Dickeson and his assistants excavated the bones of an extinct animal. From John Egan, Monumental Grandeur of the Mississippi Valley. Reproduced by permission of the St. Louis Museum of Art.

As previously noted, Dickeson was active at the height of the mound builder controversy. How did he participate? When describing arti­facts, he made repeated references to the Egyp­tians. Greeks, and Romans. In most cases, he did not argue explicitly for transatlantic contact; he simply noted similarities between artifacts. If anything, his writings can be seen as highlighting the accomplishments of Native Americans. not belittling them. Furthermore, he used his obser­vations of Native Americans to provide analogies for the prehistoric features he was uncovering. “The history of our American Aborigines we fear is a sealed book and all that we can judge from at present is analogy” (Dickeson 1848:191).

His writings do allude to one dubious aspect of the mound builder controversy. A facet of the myth that had grown up around these people concerned their supposedly gigantic stat­ure (Silverberg 1968). On occasion Dickeson made reference to large skeletons in the mounds he excavated, statements which could be con­strued as reflecting the myth. He also referred to the people who constructed the mounds as a lost and forgotten race. This, however, does not necessarily mean that he perceived them as phys­ically different from other Native Americans, just culturally different. Many English writers of the 17th, 18th, and 19th centuries considered their Scottish, Irish, and Welsh neighbors a dif­ferent “race.” Dickeson apparently did not sub­scribe to the idea that later “savage tribes” had decimated the mound builders, an idea that was popular with apologists for national expansion.

anthropomorphic_tobacco_pipeFigure 7. A large anthropomorphic tobacco pipe, carved of sandstone in the form of a warrior holding a pipe bowl. Dickeson excavated it at the Ferguson Mounds in Jefferson County, Mississippi. In 1905, a very similar pipe was excavated by Clarence B. Moore at the late Mississippian site of Moundville (ca. AD 1200-1500), near Tuscaloosa, Alabama. Museum Object Number: 14328, Neg. S8-41147
sandstone_tobacco_pipe
Figure 6. On one of his collecting expeditions Dickeson attempted to purchase a highly unusual Native American tobacco pipe carved out of fine-grained sandstone. The owner would not part with it, however, and Dickeson had this curious reproduction made in plaster. Museum Object Number: 14308 Neg. T35-2175

If this had been the case, then historic Native American populations were as much usurpers on these coveted lands as the colonists. Instead, Dickeson felt that war. disease, and famine had probably led to the demise of the prehistoric societies (1848).

Today, with better excavation and particu­larly more accurate dating techniques, archae­ologists recognize that the mounds reflect not one, but several distinct prehistoric cultural tra­ditions stretching from roughly 2000 BC to AD 1500. They include the Aden a and Hopewell mortuary complexes, as well as the widespread Mississippian culture. Some of the mounds served as burial sepulchers, while many sup­ported temples and still others may have had astronomical functions.

Mastodons

One of Dickeson’s excavations clearly dealt with an occupation predating the mound builders. Excavating near Natchez, Dickeson uncovered a fossilized human pelvis in a stratum of clay under­lying the bones of several extinct animals (Fig. 8). The find, which was subsequently known as the Natchez Pelvis, seemed to indicate the great antiquity of human occupation in the New World. Scientists from as far afield as Great Britain visited the site where it was found. Sir Charles Lyell, the father of modern geology, was not convinced by what he saw (Lyell 1873:108). However, later scholars who reexamined the bones concluded that the pelvis and the associated fossils were “substan­tially oft he same antiquity” (Wilson 1895:725).

In 1926 and 1927, excavations at Clovis, New Mexico, carried out under Jesse Figgens, director of the Colorado Museum of Natural History, recovered fluted spear points in association with extinct bison bones. These finds posthumously vindicated Dickeson belief in the contempora­neity of prehistoric people and the long-extinct animals of the Pleistocene.

Dickeson The Professor

By 1848 Dickeson was back in Philadelphia and seems to have stopped excavating archaeo­logical sites. Perhaps he had generated such a backlog of artifacts that there was no point in excavating more. According to his brother Wil­liam, “At the old home of his parents, No. 211 Lombard St., the upper story and garret was stuffed with the treasures from the mounds from time to time sent home from his explorations” (W. Dikeson 1899:4.).

dickeson_lecture_series
Figure 9. Handbill advertisement for Dr. Dickeson’s lecture series, ca. 1850. On file at and reproduced courtesy of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia
 

During this time, Montroville returned to his work as a physician and gained a reputation for successful treatments during the cholera epidemics which swept the city in 1848 and 1850 (W. Dickeson 1899). Although no longer actively excavating, he remained deeply interested in archaeology. He commissioned an enormous painting, known as “The Mississippi [or Egan] Panorama,” depicting his excavations and some of the more spectacular sites he had visited. John Egan, an itinerant Irish artist, made the painting from Dickeson Field notes (Veit 1997). Some scenes, such as the opening of a mound on the Feriday Plantation in Louisiana, are quite detailed (see Fig. 5). At the time, panoramas were a popular form of entertainment; they provided a way of recording and sharing particularly inter­esting journeys or dramatic events. While a half dozen panoramas of the Mississippi were painted between 1845 and 1850, Dickeson’s “The Missis­sippi Panorama” is the only one which survives (collections of the St. Louis Museum of Art: see City Art Museum of St. Louis 1949).

Dickeson also wrote about and lectured on his excavations (Fig. 9). His collection was dis­played at the City Museum in Philadelphia, where he was designated the “Professor of Natu rail Sciences.” Later the artifacts were displayed at the Swain Building, also in Philadelphia, and eventually at the Centennial Exposition in the same city (Fig. 10). They would remain on dis­play in the Exposition’s Memorial Hall from 1876 to 1885 (Mason 1942).

In 1882, following a short illness, Montroville Dickeson died. No obituary notices from Philadelphia newspapers have been found. Two of his sisters inherited the collection, which was-sold in 1899 by his brother William to Stewart Cumin, Director of the University of Pennsylvania Museum. It was an important acquisition and Culin published a description of it in 1900. Since then it has seen only sporadic study and Dickeson himself has lapsed into archaeological obscurity. In 1953. the Mississippi Panorama was transferred to the St. Louis Museum of Art, but the rest of the collection remains at the Univer­sity of Pennsylvania.

The Invisible Archaeologist

dickeson_collection_centennial_exposition
Figure 10. Part of Dickeson’s extensive collection on display in Memorial Hall, Philadelphia, at the 1876 Centennial Exposition. UPM neg. S4-142053.

Despite amassing an incredible collection of thousands of artifacts, providing above-average documentation on his excavations, and lecturing widely, Dickeson has been forgotten. Why? His contemporaries Ephraim Squire and Edwin Davis had summed up their research in Ancient Monuments of the Mississippi Valley, (Smithsonian Institution 1848), a well-illustrated monograph that remains widely read today. Dickeson, however, only published his findings locally in serialized form. His one well-known publication, The Ameri­can Numismatic Manual, is full of conjectures and surmises, particularly regarding Native Ameri­cans’ use of stone, clay, and metal tokens as money. It stands in stark contrast with his thoughtful private notebook. He was fond of exaggeration; in fact, at times he seems more showman than scientist. Several of the items in his collection may be frauds, including a galena crystal inscribed with an ankh, the ancient Egyp­tian sign for life (Fig. II). One must recognize. however, that in the museum field Dickeson was competing with the likes of P.T. Barnum. then the theatrical proprietor of the American Museum in New York City. Dickeson exaggerations seem tame in comparison with Barnum’s famous hokum.

Conclusions

numismatic_manual
Figure 11. Plate IV from Dickeson’s American Numismatic Manual (1859). The artifacts shown here were described as coins and tokens of the NAtive Americans. Note particularly item no. 11, an ankh-inscribed galena crystal. In retrospect, it is unlikely that these artifacts were used as currency. In fact, several of them, including the crystal, may be frauds passed off on the unsuspecting Dickeson. Courtesy of Annenberg Rare Book & Manuscript Library, University of Pennsylvania.

Montroville Dickeson was an innovative and skillful early archaeologist, who recognized and described stratigraphy, noted the stages of stone tool manufacture, and used ethnographic analo­gies to interpret his sites. His work contributed to the debates on when people initially arrived in the New World. their possible contemporane­ity with extinct animals such as mastodons, and the origins and final fate of the mound builders. Many of his hypotheses were right: the first Native American pioneers did arrive in the New World at a time when it was populated by several species of large mammals (known collectively as Pleistocene megafauna), many of which would subsequently become extinct. And yes. later Native Americans were responsible for building the earthworks which dotted the central and southeastern portion of the country.

About his brother’s work William Dickeson wrote:

In forming [his] collection he was ani­mated not by an eye for curios—he looked upon antique objects with the eyes of a scholar and the knowledge of a scientist, and in their aggregation deduced many lessons of value to himself and those who came after him, as illustrating the manners and customs of ancient peoples. (1899:5)

His collection and papers, as well as other collec­tions acquired by the University of Pennsylvania Museum in its earlier days, still have much to offer researchers. In the case of Dickeson, they also illustrate the story of one of the more inter­esting characters in archaeology’s family tree.

Cite This Article

Veit, Richard. “Mastodons, Mound Builders, and Montroville Wilson Dickeson–Pioneering American Archaeologist.” Expedition Magazine 41, no. 3 (November, 1999): -. Accessed September 27, 2024. https://www.penn.museum/sites/expedition/mastodons-mound-builders-and-montroville-wilson-dickeson-pioneering-american-archaeologist/

Originally Published in 1999 VIEW PDF

Lehi’s First Landing/Hopewell’s First Beginning- Not a Coincidence

There exists some differences of opinion about the landing site of Lehi. There has been general agreement that Lehi probably began his exodus to the Promised Land near Khor Kharfot, Oman before sailing to the New World. Both the Mesoamerican Theory and the Heartland Theory are in agreement here. Those who believe in the Mesoamerican theory (M2C) think they sailed east towards India. Those of the Heartland Model (HM) feel Lehi sailed south west toward the tip of Africa.

You will see more about the discussion below. Those of M2C think Lehi landed somewhere on the west coast of South/Central America and the HM think they landed near the Panhandle of Florida. Those of M2C feel Lehi landed amongst a large population of Mayans. They also believe the Mayan civilization absorbed the Lehites and that is why today you find only Asian DNA amongst those people of South America. Those of us in the HM feel that Lehi landed amongst a few native hunter gathers in North America near Florida. We also believe there has been found Hebrew DNA in the Natives near the Great Lakes. National Geographic

As the scripture says, “this land should be kept as yet from the knowledge of other nations; for behold, many nations would overrun the land, that there would be no place for an inheritance.” 2 Nephi 1:8. This is why the Vikings and others were not allowed to remain upon the land. We would expect a smaller group that Lehi would greet. I can’t imagine how Nephi could be a King amongst just a few of Lehi’s people, if there was a large contingency of natives on the land previously.


See Page 30 and 35 of the  Annotated Book of Mormon. Purchase here
  1. Navigational Proof: Phoenicia 2009 Expedition (See map above) Blog Here
  2. Navigational Proof: Phoenicia 2020 Expedition (See map above) Blog Here
  3. Length of voyage: 4-6 months vs. 14-18 months around the Pacific route.
  4. Time of Year: Leave in Sept or Oct. Full Harvest. Land in March or April?
  5. Archaeology: 500-700 BC Mounds and Relics. Pierce Mounds, Florida.
  6. Bees and Honey: Only place in the world for Tupelo Honey. Apalachicola, FL.
  7. Similar Latitude: Seeds would grow. 30° 26′ 17″ N (Tallahassee, FL) 30° 04’42” N (Cairo, Egypt) 31° 46′ 48″ N  (Jerusalem) 19° 43’ 26” N (Mexico City) 15° 30′ 0″ N (Guatemala)
  8. Mostly Unoccupied Area: 2 Nephi 1:8/Not overrun. Nephi=King
  9. Wind Currents: Leaving Oman in Sept (honey & fruit ripe), wind currents flow toward horn of Africa.
  10. Promised Land: Book of Mormon speaks of a Land of Liberty. (36 others) USA, not Mesoamerica
  11. Abundance of Food: Oman and Florida both called “A” Land Bountiful
  12. Same Land as Jaredites: [Cumorah and Ramah]
  13. Food prehistoric people needed: Deer, small mammals, Turtles. Bison, Mammoths, Bear, Elk further north.
  14. Signs of Hebrew writing or relics: Bat Creek Stone, Holy Stones, Hebrew Earthworks, etc.
  15. Access to Rivers: Chattahoochee only river source brings ice into the gulf.
  16. Comoros is off the south-east coast of Africa, to the north-west of Madagascar, where Lehi would have been. It’s capital city is MORONI. I doubt it is a coincidence.
  17. The Phoenicia 2009 ship captain Philip Beale said, the ship was moving backwards but the compass said they were going forward at a few points near the tip of Africa where the currents change. 1 Nephi 18:23

Pierce Mounds in Apalachicola, FL- Most Likely Land of Lehi’s Inheritance

The mounds were named for Alton Pierce, an early owner of the site. Much of the site is now on private property and inaccessible to the public. I personally visited these 13- Pierce mounds with Mike and Betty LaFontaine and a few of their friends on Oct 2017 with George Mahr the owner of the property. We saw and walked and dug around the surface of these mounds which also included a sizeable temple mound and a shell midden more than a mile long, shared with a bustling village the area around what is now Magnolia Cemetery. Daniel Seinfeld of Apalachicola times wrote the following: “The people who lived there were prosperous and powerful, influencing trade traffic to the north along Apalachicola River and to the east and west along the Gulf Coast. They were spared the hard work of farming by an abundance of seafood and game as well as wild fruit and nuts. There is evidence they imported cornmeal to broaden their diet. Skilled potters who produced both fanciful and utilitarian objects, they buried their dead with precious objects including silver, copper and pearls. The settlement was founded around 500 BC. Around the same time, the Scandinavian Iron Age began, the Chinese developed the handheld trigger crossbow, and burnt brick and donkey-powered grain mills were used for the first time in Greece.”

Pierce Mounds Complex Anthropology Report by Nancy White

Nancy Marie White Dept of Anthropology at Un. of South Florida said, “World population had reached 100 million, 15 million of whom lived in the Western Hemisphere. “The (Pierce Mounds people) hauled soil in baskets or sacks or dragged it on hides or cloths to pile it up and build mounds,” White wrote. “They made both beautiful and plain pots, paints, points, pipes, musical instruments, and other artifacts, and used many in special ceremonies that also involved burnt offerings to accompany burial of their dead. “Wolves, panthers, other cats, but maybe even grub worms too were among the animals they considered important for more than just food. They hunted, fished, gathered nuts, chopped down and burned trees, made canoes, played chunkey and other games,” she wrote.”

Editor’s Note: This sounds just like a people called the Nephites in my opinion.

Daniel Seinfeld of Apalachicola Times continues, “At the time these first mounds were built, Greek engineers invented the catapult and the Acropolis was planned. Socrates lived and was executed for corrupting the youth of Athens. London was a collection of thatched huts boasting a wooden pier and surrounded by a mud wall.”

[Nancy] White writes “that the settlement at Turtle Harbor persisted until shortly before “the European invasion of Florida” in the 16th century. Why the Pierce Mound people left is unclear. Complete Archeological report from Nancy White here! Treasures taken from the site are in museum collections as far away as London, along with unpublished records and drawings from early excavations. Much of White’s research on Apalachicola’s prehistory took place in libraries. “This shows the value of the immensely difficult and complex labor of digging into unpublished field notes and maps, museum accession data, courthouse records, and other original sources,” she wrote. ” Today many think research is something done online. But there is a wealth of unpublished, dusty old paper out there with information that can greatly change or help interpretation.” Artifacts at the British Museum were probably purchased, a common practice during the 19th century. The museum’s collection includes a clay pipe and four stone artifacts, obtained in 1869, from a dig at “Turtle Harbor near Apalachicola” and stone and shell tools and pottery, acquired in 1875, are “from mounds near Apalachicola.” Pottery from Pierce Mounds is showcased at the Smithsonian.

An Ancient Tourist Attraction

Just as ancient cities today hold a charm and fascination, White believes that over time, the attraction of the Pierce Mounds grew. Certainly, it was a center of commerce and drew visitors from far away but it may also have been a place for religious pilgrimages, an ancient tourist attraction. “The earlier mounds may have become sacred places for later people to come to pray, worship ancestors known or thought to have been (buried) there, or just feel a sense of the spiritual beyond everyday life, or a sense of territory and patriotism,” White wrote. European settlers in Apalachicola collected many artifacts, a practice that continued well into the 20th century. Indeed, on the east end of the cemetery, it appears the remains of a mound or midden is currently being bulldozed for fill, she wrote. In 1888, H. L. Grady of Apalachicola collected artifacts that his heirs apparently donated to what would become the Florida Museum of Natural History. C.B Moore, a well-heeled and colorful archaeologist, carried out the first organized excavation at Pierce Mounds. He published a spectacular account of the dig in 1902. Moore excavated many Native American sites in the Southeast, around the turn of the 19th century, often traveling to them in his steamboat the “Gopher” accompanied by a lifelong male companion who was his personal physician. By the time Moore visited the site around 1898, the temple mound had been mined for fill. He described 99 burials from Mound A, including skeletons, weapons, jewelry and pottery In the 1940s, Gordon Willey, whose work laid the foundation for New World archaeology, visited the Pierce Mounds and performed additional excavations. By the 1990s, Willey was retired but continued to write. Among his works was a mystery novel, “Selena,” a story in which an elderly archaeologist becomes embroiled in sexual antics and murder in a fictitious Panhandle town. White said the Pierce Mounds are featured in the story as the “Bull Mounds.” William Sears, another archaeologist, excavated here in the 1950s, followed by Dan Penton who visited in 1972 and again in 1996. White said Penton told her the Muscogee Indian nation still considers the Pierce site sacred and tobacco offerings are made there. In 1975, architect Willoughby Marshall hired Robert S. Carr to examine historic sites for “Apalachicola: Economic Development through Historic Preservation.” Carr quotes from a manuscript by local memoirist, Dwight Marshall, who said the railroad construction cut through “some of the Indian mounds near the cemetery. They dug up skeletons of Indians that were a foot taller than the average man of today and also other items of pottery. The Smithsonian Institute sent some men here on the Steamer Gopher…” In reality, Moore was sponsored by the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia so it’s unclear how much of Marshall’s account is accurate.

Cool Springs Mound is missing

In 1994, the US Department of State tried and failed to buy part of the Pierce site, both for historical preservation and to conserve surrounding wetlands. Shortly afterwards, a team from the Florida Department of Historical Resources’ Bureau of Archaeological Research visited the Pierce site. White and her students inspected the artifacts DHR recovered and her work on the mounds began. She has located the sites of all but one of the 13 mounds, named Cool Springs Mound, a 7.5-foot high and 90 feet in diameter mound located as of 1902 on the western outskirts of Apalachicola. Now, it is probably in the neighborhood just east of Magnolia Cemetery. What will happen to the Pierce Mounds is unclear. In 1974, Pierce Mounds was added to the National Register of Historic Places but the designation provides no protection. “The beauty and monumental nature of the Pierce mounds complex remains impressive today, even with the damage to so much of the site,” White wrote. “It is crucial that Pierce be preserved as much as possible, for so many reasons, from heritage conservation to ecological issues to scientific research potential.” Apalachicola resident George Mahr, who owns the undeveloped remains of the Pierce site, invited White to work there and supported much of her research. He hopes either to develop the land preserving the archaeological site or to sell the land for conservation purposes. He has fenced the site in an effort to preserve it but said the problem of trespassers in the area is a constant challenge. White asked to remind everyone these mounds are a burial site and it is illegal to disturb, possess or sell human remains in Florida. If the remains are from someone who has been dead for more than 75 years, activities at the site of a suspected grave may not resume until the state archaeologist has been notified of the unmarked burial. To notify the state archaeologist, call Daniel Seinfeld at 850-245-6301 850-245-6301 or email him at [email protected]

Mounds at Turtle Harbor or Turtle Harbor Mounds 

Truncated Pyramids

Truncated pyramids are associated with all the large Mississippian towns in the Mississippi River Basin . . . hence their anthropological name.  The earliest “Mississippian” town in traditional Creek territory,  Ocmulgee National Monument,  began construction of a rectangular, pyramidal mound (Mound A ~ the Great Temple Mound) around 900 AD.   However, at least four pyramidal mounds in Georgia predate the one at Ocmulgee by around 1200 to 800 years.  They are at (1) Kolomoki Mounds [300-700 AD] in SW Georgia, (2) the Mandeville [800 BC-600 AD] in SW Georgia, (3) 9FU14 sites on the Chattahoochee River in SW Metro Atlanta and at (3) the Leake Site [300 Bc – 650 AD] on the Etowah River in NW Metro Atlanta.   The Kenimer Mound [550-700 AD] also probably predated Ocmulgee’s Mound A [800-900 AD] by about 300 years.  However, it is a pentagonal pyramid.

“The Nephites could not possibly have lived among the Mayans” by Jonathan Neville

Moroni’s America position- If you believe in the New York Cumorah, you will likely view this LiDAR discovery as additional evidence that the Nephites could not possibly have lived among the Mayans.

I think the text shows Lehi’s colony landing in the promised land, planting their own seeds, finding animals and ore in the wilderness, all while completely unimpeded by any existing civilization. (1 Ne. 18:23-5). I think Lehi’s observation that “this land should be kept as yet from the knowledge of other nations” was accurate; i.e., that there were no “other nations” in the promised land where they landed, “for behold, many nations would overrun the land, that there would be no place for an inheritance” (2 Nephi 1:8). I do think think there were some indigenous people who went with Nephi when he fled (2 Nephi 5:6), but I infer they were unorganized hunter/gatherers that did not qualify as any sort of “nation” and were impressed by the Jewish immigrants’ technology, language, etc.

In my view, it is difficult enough to believe that Lehi’s family, a relative handful of immigrants from a distant culture speaking a different language, could have arrived and started planting crops on unclaimed land in Mesoamerica, encountering no resistance, but it is even more difficult to believe Lehi’s descendants could have managed to rule as kings and chief judges over even a part of a Mayan civilization, and that in the midst of this Mayan civilization, King Mosiah could have escaped with the Nephites into the wilderness and found a much larger group of illiterate people (the people of Zarahemla) who possessed exactly one engraven stone.

Now that we are learning from LiDAR that the Mayan civilization was even larger, more densely populated, and more sophisticated than we previously realized, the Book of Mormon seems even less plausible in that setting. IOW, the grander the Mayan civilization, the less likely it is that Lehi landed anywhere near that civilization.

This view is based on the text and has nothing directly to do with the New York Cumorah, but it does confirm my bias in favor of the New York Cumorah. _____

M2C position. If you believe the M2C position that Cumorah is not in New York and that the entire Book of Mormon took place in Mesoamerica, you will likely view this LiDAR discovery as additional evidence that the Nephites must have lived among the Mayans.

The basic M2C concept is described in the Meridian Magazine article. It is the idea that the Nephites were absorbed into Mayan culture. That’s why there is no Israelite DNA in Central America, no traces of Nephite languages or the law of Moses or Christian beliefs and practices, etc. M2C proponents believe there were bottlenecks (both DNA-related and cultural) that screened out Nephite cultural influence.” Jonathan Neville 

Annotated Book of Mormon

“Within recent years there has arisen among certain students of the Book of Mormon a theory to the effect that within the period covered by the Book of Mormon, the Nephites and Lamanites were confined almost entirely within the borders of the territory comprising Central America and the southern portion of Mexico—the isthmus of Tehuantepec probably being the “narrow neck” of land spoken of in the Book of Mormon rather than the Isthmus of Panama (See Alma 50:34; 52:9; 63:5; Mormon 2:29; 3:5). This theory is founded upon the assumption that it was impossible for the colony of Lehi’s to multiply and fill the hemisphere within the limits of 1,000 years, or from the coming of Lehi from Jerusalem to the time of the destruction of the Nephites at the Hill Cumorah. Moreover, they claim that the story in the Book of Mormon of the migrations, building of cities, and the wars and contentions, preclude the possibility of the people spreading over great distances such as we find within the borders of North and South America. “If we are willing to accept the Bible record, which is confirmed by the Doctrine and Covenants, the entire civilization of the earth was destroyed in the flood except Noah and his family (See Gen 6; 7; 8; Moses 7:36–43). Moreover, this destruction took place less than 5,000 years ago, and today the population of the earth, notwithstanding wars and destructions, is estimated [in 1954] at over 2,000,000,000 souls [2018 population estimated at 7,600,000,000, has nearly quadrupled in just 64 years]. The population of Europe, based upon the best records available, is vastly increased over that at the time of the discovery of America; yet upon this hemisphere are to be found hundreds of millions of people, descendants of European and Asiatic ancestors who knew nothing of this land before the discovery by Columbus. The rapid increase of posterity is known to every genealogist who has traced the record of the early settlers in this western country. “This modernistic theory of necessity, in order to be consistent, must place the waters of Ripliancum and the Hill Cumorah some place within the restricted territory of Central America, notwithstanding the teachings of the Church to the contrary for upwards of 100 years.

Because of this theory some members of the Church have become confused and greatly disturbed in their faith in the Book of Mormon. It is for this reason that evidence is here presented to show that it is not only possible that these places could be located as the Church has held during the past century, but that in very deed such is the case. It is known that the Hill Cumorah where the Nephites were destroyed is the hill where the Jaredites were also destroyed. This hill was known to the Jaredites as Ramah. It was approximately near to the waters of Ripliancum, which the Book of Ether says, ‘by interpretation, is large, or to exceed all’ – Ether 15:8. Mormon adds: ‘And it came to pass that we did march forth to the land of Cumorah, and we did pitch our tents round about the hill Cumorah; and it was in a land of many waters, rivers, and fountains; and here we had hope to gain advantage over the Lamanites,’ (Mormon 6:4)” –

Joseph Fielding Smith, Doctrines of Salvation, Edited by Bruce R. McConkie, Vol. 3 [1999] 232–243. As stated on page 441 SPECULATION ABOUT BOOK OF MORMON GEOGRAPHY

Moroni’s America

“In an effort to explain the discrepancy between the enumerated (small) population and the large population implied by having wars and building a temple, proponents of a Mesoamerican setting suggest that–

“When the Book of Mormon peoples entered the not-empty New World, they entered a land that was not only populated, but which already boasted highly developed civilizations. The Book of Mormon does not explain Mesoamerican peoples—but Mesoamerican peoples help explain the Book of Mormon… With such a small Lehite population entering an established region with a significantly larger population, the most logical direction of cultural borrowing would have been from the established indigenous population to the small population that had originated in Jerusalem.[i]

This suggestion contradicts the text, in my opinion. I agree with the likelihood that the Nephites encountered indigenous people, but far from “cultural borrowing” from any “established indigenous population,” Nephi keeps the law of Moses and is soon teaching his people how to build a temple, make weapons, etc., as we’ll see in the next section.

Father Lehi’s statement about “other nations” directly contradicts the idea that the Nephites landed among “highly developed civilizations” that existed in Mesoamerica. On the other hand, Lehi’s statement is compatible with the various hunter/gatherer groups identified in the archaeological evidence in the southeastern United States at the time. Such groups would naturally be attracted to new arrivals who brought with them productive seeds for food, advanced technology for weapons and buildings, a written language and other benefits.

Another possibility for the relatively large population during Nephi’s lifetime is that Lehi brought servants along with him. I consider this likely.

Erastus Snow noted that, “The Prophet Joseph informed us that… Ishmael was of the lineage of Ephraim, and that his sons married into Lehi’s family, and Lehi’s sons married Ishmael’s daughters…these descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim grew together upon this American continent.”[ii]

In his analysis of Lehi’s group, John Sorenson noted that “Nothing is said about Zoram’s ancestry, but it seems statistically likely, given his bureaucratic/military role in Jerusalem, that he was a Jew, while both Lehi and Ishmael counted descent from Joseph.”[iii] This would make all of Lehi’s group “Israelites, principally the descendants of Joseph,” which is how Orson Pratt described them in his 1840 pamphlet.[iv] However, Joseph Smith made a correction to this language when he wrote the Wentworth Letter. Joseph wrote, “They were principally Israelites, of the descendants of Joseph.”[v] It is possible that Joseph Smith was referring to Zoram after all, clarifying he was not a Jew. He may have been referring to those who accompanied the Mulekites (presumably Phoenicians). But it is also possible that he was referring to others who accompanied Lehi.

Here are John Sorenson’s comments on that topic.

Were there servants? No mention is made of male or female servants, yet it is possible that there were some. At first glance, 1 Nephi 2:4 would seem to rule that out, since reference is made only to Lehi’s taking “his family.” Yet Near Eastern usage would not rule out including servants under that heading without specifically distinguishing them. Lehi’s “great wealth” would seem to have called for at least female servants in the household. Nephi’s hesitancy about even adding Zoram to their party would not apply in the case of family retainers, who would have known no other life than service to Lehi and Sariah and had no alternative place in society in the land of Jerusalem even if they dreamed of defecting. I do not consider it likely that there were such people along, but the door should not be shut on the possibility, for they might account for some genetic variety in the colony as well as providing additional hands for the construction of the ship when they reached Bountiful.

Finally, I note that Lynn M. Hilton has proposed in an unpublished paper that Laman and Lemuel took dark-skinned South Arabian women as second wives during the sojourn in Bountiful, thus accounting for the skin color attributed to the Lamanites in the promised land in America. That the party had social interaction with local inhabitants in Bountiful on the south Arabian coast does seem likely, even inevitable. Among other things, Nephi claims “neither did I build the ship after the manner of men” (1 Nephi 18:2), implying that he had knowledge of other ships which almost certainly would have existed on that coast. However, Jacob 3:5, which credits the Lamanites with a tradition of strict monogamy, goes against the Hilton suggestion, but Lehi could have picked up families, or single people who married Lehi’s servants.  We simply don’t know.

I think it is likely Lehi brought servants. The journey from Jerusalem through the wilderness would have been arduous for any small group, but also dangerous. Lehi was a wealthy man, and likely accustomed to desert travel; in the context of the times, he would have had servants to assist him in his work, as well as to assist the household. Furthermore, it seems unlikely that Lehi would have sent all of his sons back to Jerusalem, leaving Lehi and Sariah and their daughters alone in the wilderness, if he did not have servants. Perhaps he also sent servants to accompany his sons on their trips to Jerusalem.

Joseph Smith said the group was “principally Israelites,” so some of them were not. Apart from Zoram, the record gives no specifics on the identity of these non-Israelites. Had Zoram been the only exception, would Joseph have used the term “principally?” The term refers to rank or importance, not merely numbers, so even a significant number of non-Israelite servants would leave the group “principally Israelites.”

Mesoamerican advocates have considered but rejected the notion that Lehi’s party included servants or people from Arabia,[vi] but I think that approach reflects a desire to show that Lehi landed among a sophisticated Mesoamerican population. In my view, that idea contradicts the text.

To summarize: I think Lehi brought servants and landed in a mostly uninhabited area in Florida, among a small population of hunter/gatherers who lacked a well-organized society.” Jonathan Neville Moroni’s America pages 84-85


[i] Brant Gardner, Traditions of the Fathers, pp. 153-4.

[ii] Erastus Snow, “God’s Peculiar People,” Journal of Discourses, 23:184, available online at http://bit.ly/Moroni38.

[iii] John Sorenson, “The Composition of Lehi’s Family,” in By Study and Also by Faith, (Neal A. Maxwell Institute), available online at http://bit.ly/Moroni39.

[iv] Orson Pratt, A[n] Interesting Account of Several Remarkable Visions, p. 15, available online at http://bit.ly/Moroni40.

[v] The Wentworth letter was published in the 1 March 1842 Times and Seasons. The Historical Introduction in the Joseph Smith Papers explains that the letter echoes some wording from Pratt’s pamphlet. The letter is available online at http://bit.ly/Moroni41.

[vi] E.g., Brant Gardner, Traditions of the Fathers, p. 156.

The Amazing Replica Phoenicia 600 BC Ship, has been Purchased by some special people from the Heartland Group. See below.

Lehi’s Voyage

Phoenicia 2020 Expedition

Heartland Research Agreed to Purchase the Phoenicia for Display on the West Bank of the River Sidon at the Zarahemla Temple Site in Montrose, Iowa.

December 13, 2021, a few inspired and special members of Heartland Research, negotiated with the shipowner (Philip Beale) the terms for purchasing the Phoenicia, a faithful replica of a ship capable of bringing Mulek, the Prince of Judah, from Jerusalem to Zarahemla in the 6th Century before Christ along with making a voyage possible of bringing Lehi and his family from Oman, to Florida, as they demonstrated in 2020. John Lefgren and Mike and Betty LaFontaine of the Heartland Group have done the world a service. More here>

Nov 2025 Update: The Phoenicia Ship 

Heartland Research continues to plan a Historic Museum in a location where the ‘Phoenicia’ may be touched and seen by more people. It must be near an international airport and in a location where millions of people travel every year. We are moving to Utah.

Now Heartland Research, has strategically disassembled the ‘Phoenicia’ in Iowa, carefully crated her up, and shipped her to Utah.We will rebuild this extraordinary ship Utah which is a more advantageous location to share with the world. The disassembly of the Phoenicia was completed the 3rd-8th of November 2025 in Montrose, Iowa. 

We are now looking for someone who has or knows someone, to donate a building or land which is about 7-8,000 sq. ft., with 20-foot ceilings in Salt Lake, Utah Valley, or possibly even in St. George. We will then need volunteers to help re-build the ‘Phoenicia’ at that location in the spring of 2026.

Phoenicia.Rocks Text Mike LaFontaine 904-635-4476.

Cumorah-Not a “Clean” Hill

Not a Clean Hill!

Why do many insist that the final battle of the Nephites and Lamanites didn’t happen at the one and only Hill Cumorah? Many yell the words, “It’s a clean hill”, meaning there are no arrowheads found there, or they say, “where are all the bones?” Bones from 1,400 years ago that weren’t even buried? No breastplates or headplates? Ever hear of spoils of the war. Too small of a hill? The final battles didn’t happen just on a little hill, but in the Land of Cumorah. See Mormon 6:2. Oliver Cowdery said in Letter VII it was the hill of the final battles. Good enough for me.

Last week I sent out a brief blog about this subject. Since then I have been asked by many to share more information about how many artifacts, fortifications, copper, mounds, burials, bones, and enclosures were found near the Hill Cumorah and the surrounding countryside.


“Moroni told Joseph that he had hidden up the records four centuries after the birth of Jesus, while he was living on the earth. He said that the Nephites, the people to which he belonged, called the hill where they stood Cumorah, and that a still earlier people, the Jaredites, called it Ramah. This was a very important hill in the history of both these peoples.” The Latter-day Prophet. History of Joseph Smith Written for Young People by George Q. Cannon 1900

“From the time Father Bosley located near Avon, he found and plowed up axes and irons, and had sufficient to make his mill irons, and had always abundance of iron on hand without purchasing. In the towns of Bloomfield, Victor, Manchester, and in the regions round about, there were hills upon the tops of which were entrenchments and fortifications, and in them were human bones, axes, tomahawks, points of arrows, beads and pipes, which were frequently found; and it was a common occurrence in the country to plow up axes, which I have done many times myself.

I have visited the fortifications on the tops of those hills frequently, and the one near Bloomfield I have crossed hundreds of times, which is on the bluff of Honeyoye River, at the outlet of Honeyoye Lake. In that region there are many small deep lakes, and in some of them the bottom has never been found. Fish abound in them. The hill Cumorah is a high hill for that country, and had the appearance of a fortification or entrenchment around it. In the State of New York, probably there are hundreds of these fortifications which are now visible, and I have seen them in many other parts of the United States. Readers of the Book of Mormon will remember that in this very region, according to that sacred record, the final battles were fought between the Nephites and Lamanites. At the hill Cumorah, the Nephites made their last stand prior to their utter extermination, A. D., 385. Thus was Heber preaching the Gospel to the Gentiles, above the graves of the ancients of Israel, whose records with the fullness of that Gospel, and the relics of their prowess and civilization, were now whispering from the dust.” Life of Heber C. Kimball by Orson F. Whitney Mounds at Cumorah

“We visited the Hill Cumorah and were accorded the courtesy of going thereon by the wife of Mr. George Sampson, a brother of Admiral Wm. Sampson, who before his death owned the property. When we went up there and looked around, we felt that we were standing on holy ground. The brethren located, as near as they thought was possible, the place from which the plates of the Book of Mormon were taken by the Prophet. We were delighted to be there. Looking over the surrounding country we remembered that two great races of people had wound up their existence in the vicinity, had fought their last fight, and that hundreds of thousands had been slain within sight of that hill. Evidence of the great battles that have been fought there in days gone by are manifest in the numerous spear and arrow-heads that have been found by farmers while plowing in that neighborhood. We were fortunate enough to obtain a few of the arrowheads.” (George Albert Smith, Conference Report, April 1906, Third Day—Morning Session p. 56)

“One of the old Indian Trails which became the route of the first road of the white man in this area, from Canandaigua Lake, two miles south of the Hill to Lake Ontario twenty-two miles north passing the “nose” of the Hill Cumorah. The finding of Indian arrow and spearheads in great quantities on the slopes of the Hill and in the fields surrounding it indicates that long after the great battle in which the Nephites were annihilated, Hill Cumorah has been an important battle ground. Willard Bean’s  experience coincides with Giles’ conclusion as he found many arrowheads and artifacts as he visited and worked on the Hill Cumorah in the early 1900’s.” A STUDY OF THE HILL CUMORAH: A SIGNIFICANT LATTER-DAY SAINT LANDMARK IN WESTERN NEW YORK Cameron J. Packer Religious Education Master of Arts

“The Book of Mormon records that due to the wickedness of the Nephite civilization they were destroyed by their brothers the Lamanites. The final battles of this unholy war took place near a hill that was called Cumorah. At Cumorah, hundreds of thousands of Nephites were slain, and the prophet/historian Moroni buried the history of his people in that hill (Mormon 6:2-15; 8:1-5). Hundreds of years later, that same history was unearthed in upstate New York, by the boy prophet Joseph Smith and translated to become the Book of Mormon (Joseph Smith–History 1:51-52).

When Joseph Smith made his “fantastic” claims and published the Book of Mormon as an ancient history of the American Indians, some scoffed at the idea that a major battle had anciently taken place in the local vicinity. However, evidence was soon produced that documented that this region of the country did indeed once possess a heavy Indian population, and that a terrible battle had taken place in that locality.

Writing in 1851, E. G. Squire says that in the region: “Human bones of men, women, and children of both sexes were thrown together promiscuously by the thousands.” He notes large quantities of pottery, pipes, flint arrow-heads, stone hatchets and other implements were also found there. He further states that the ancient relics unearthed in the vicinity (which he estimates to be several hundred years old) showed considerable evidence of Hebrew origin. (See E. G. Squier, Antiquities of New York, 1851, pp. 137-138.)

In New York State Bulletin #2 it is documented that several miles south of “Mormon Hill,” as it was then called, a site was found where flint arrowheads and spear points and many unfinished weapons were found in great abundance. All of the above sources are cited in Brenton G. Yorgason, Little Known Evidences of the Book of Mormon, 1989, p. 10.

“…Here, between these hills, the entire power and national strength of both the Jaredites and Nephites were destroyed. By turning to the 529th and 530th pages of the Book of Mormon, you will read Mormon’s account of the last great struggle of his people, as they were encamped round this hill Cumorah. In this valley fell the remaining strength and pride of a once powerful people, the Nephites—once so highly favored of the Lord, but at that time in darkness, doomed to suffer extermination by the hand of their barbarous and uncivilized brethren. From the top of this hill, Mormon, with a few others, after the battle, gazed with horror upon the mangled remains of those who, the day before, were filled with anxiety, hope, or doubt.” Oliver Cowdery’s Letter VII Joseph Smith Papers “Letter VII,” LDS Messenger and Advocate, July 1835, 1:155–159 .

“Let’s see, two great battles of extermination took place near the Hill Cumorah. The first occurred sometime before 600 BC in which some two million warriors were, along with their wives and children. The second occurred in 385 AD, in which 150,000 warriors were killed. And you did your search I would imagine somewhere near the year 2000 AD. The area that you searched has been gone over by others for the last 200 years or more, and do think 1) that those arrow heads would still be on the surface after that period of time, and 2) that by searching around the area you could pick up a bunch of arrow heads that all the others who have poured over the area for the last 200 years have missed?

You should have been there when the place was first settled when the American frontier was expanding. At that time there were arrow heads all over the place.

Here’s a statement by President George Albert Smith who reported in 1906 of visiting the Hill Cumorah and of hearing the reports of farmers finding arrow heads while plowing in the region. He reports that he obtained a few himself. “We visited the Hill Cumorah and were accorded the courtesy of going thereon by the wife of Mr. George Sampson, a brother of Admiral Wm. Sampson, who before his death owned the property. When we went up there and looked around, we felt that we were standing on holy ground. The brethren located, as near as they thought was possible, the place from which the plates of the Book of Mormon were taken by the Prophet. We were delighted to be there. Looking over the surrounding country we remembered that two great races of people had wound up their existence in the vicinity, had fought their last fight, and that hundreds of thousands had been slain within sight of that hill. Evidence of the great battles that have been fought there in days gone by are manifest in the numerous spear and arrow-heads that have been found by farmers while plowing in that neighborhood. We were fortunate enough to obtain a few of the arrowheads” (Conference Report, April 1906, p.56).

Further, Elder Claude Taylor and others visited the area in 1901, and Susan Young Gates recorded the following:

“Outside the farmhouse Elder Taylor and myself noted several bushel baskets filled with arrow heads and I asked Mrs. Samson (local resident) what they were. She said they had just begun to plow up the hill Cumorah and around the hill, to plant some crops, and they turned up these arrow heads by the basket full” (J. M. Sjodahl, An Introduction to the Study of the Book of Mormon , p.7)

So it looks like you were a little late in doing your search. However, I have no doubt that if someone were to dig deep enough and in enough places in that region he would be amply rewarded with artifacts yet remaining from those great battles.”  Ask Gramps

THE HILL CUMORAH; OR THE SACRED DEPOSITORY OF WISDOM AND UNDERSTANDING.

“The Hill Cumorah is situated in western New York, between the villages of Palmyra and Canandaigua, about four miles from the former. It is celebrated as the ancient depository of the sacred gold plates from which the Book of Mormon was translated. Cumorah was the name by which the hill was designated in the days of the Prophet Moroni, who deposited the plates about four hundred and twenty years after the birth of Christ. The Prophet Mormon, the father of Moroni, had been entrusted with all the sacred records of his forefathers, engraved on metal plates. New plates were made by Mormon on which he wrote, from the more ancient book an abridged history of the nation, incorporating therewith many revelations, prophecies, the Gospel, &c. These new plates were given to Moroni to finish the history. An d all the ancient plates, Mormon deposited in Cumorah, about three hundred and eighty-four years after Christ. When Moroni, about thirty-six years after, made the deposit of the book entrusted to him, he was, without doubt, inspired to select a department of the hill separate from the great sacred depository of the numerous volumes hid up by his father. The particular place in the hill, where Moroni secreted the book, was revealed, by the angel, to the Prophet Joseph Smith, to whom the volume was delivered in September, AD. 1827. But the grand repository of all the numerous records of the ancient nations of the western continent, was located in another department of the hill, and its contents under the charge of holy angels, until the day should come for them to be transferred to the sacred temple of Zion. The hill Cumorah, with the surrounding vicinity, is distinguished as the great battle-field on which, and near which, two powerful nations were concentrated with all their forces, men, women, and children, and fought till hundreds of thousands on both sides were hewn down, and left to moulder upon the ground. Both armies were Israelites; both had become awfully corrupt having apostatized from God: the Nephites, as a nation, became extinct: the Lamanites alone were left. This happened, according to their faithful records, near the close of the fourth century of the Christian era. The American Indians are the remnants of the once powerful nation of Lamanites.

The hill Cumorah is remarkable also as being the hill on which, and around which, a still more ancient nation perished, called Jaredites: this unparalleled destruction is recorded in the Book of Ether; and happened about six centuries before Christ. The Jaredites colonised America from the Tower of Babel. After about sixteen centuries, during which they became exceedingly numerous, they, through their terrible wars, destroyed themselves. The hill Cumorah, by them, was called Ramah. Millions fought against millions, until the hill Ramah, and the land round about, was soaked with blood, and their carcases left in countless numbers unburied, to moulder back to mother earth.

There is no spot on this wide world of ours, which is calculated to excite more vivid reflections, than the wonderful hill of Cumorah. There the history of one-half of our globe, reposed, for fourteen centuries, in profound unbroken silence: there, “the everlasting Gospel,” engraved, not on tablets of stone, but on plates of gold, awaited the voice of the heavenly angel to reveal the priceless treasure: there, buried in the holy archives of Cumorah’s sacred hill, are plates of brass, plates of gold, undimmed by time ; sacredly guarded as the temple of heaven : there shines the Urim and Thummim, the stones of light, the gems of immortality: there, reposes in words of light, the hidden knowledge of ages past, the prophetic history of ages to come: there wisdom has selected her palace, and understanding here dwelling place, until ” the spirit is poured out from on high,” and “the skies pour down righteousness;” then, “the earth opens and brings forth salvation.”

Well did the inspired Patriarch, Job, inquire, “Where shall wisdom be found? and where is the place of understanding?” (28: 12.) “The place” cannot be sought out by man; neither is it found in the land of the living. The depth saith, It is not in me: and the sea saith, It is not with me.” If neither the depths of the sea, nor the generations of the living, know the holy hidden place, where shall it be sought? Is it in some sequestered wild? In some uninhabited desert or wilderness, where roams the beasts of prey? Is it on the surface of the earth, exposed to the vultures gaze, or to the keen eye of the lofty eagle? It is in “a path which no fowl knoweth, and which the vulture’s eye hath not seen: the lion’s whelps have not trodden it, nor the fierce lion passed by it.” “It is hid from the eyes of all living, and kept close from the fowls of the air.” If neither man, nor beast, nor fowl hath seen it; if it has been withheld from mortal gaze; where shall we turn to renew our researches? The Patriarch exclaims, “Destruction and death say, we have heard the fame thereof with our ears.” How truthful is this saying! The countless millions, whose dust and ashes enrich the soil of Cumorah’s hill, “have heard the fame thereof.” Let the nations of the dead speak from their lonely sepulchres, and “whisper from the dust,” the doings of bye gone ages! Let the faithful records of the ancient dead, declare the holy dwelling place of wisdom, the sacred depository of understanding! Though hidden from the gaze of covetous man, and protected from the pointed touch of unholy beings, yet, “God understandeth the way thereof, and he knoweth the place thereof. For he looketh to the ends of the earth, and seeth under the whole heaven; to make the weight for the winds; and he weigheth the waters by measure. When he made a decree for the rain, and a way for the lightning of thunder; then did he see it, and declare it; he prepared it, yea, and searched it out.” From days of old, he ordained it; on the land that is afar off, He selected for it a habitation; “on the sides of the north,” in a land of fountains, rivers, and lakes, he constructed for wisdom a house, and said unto knowledge, here shalt thou dwell, until the heavens shall reveal thy hiding place, and thy presence is sought again among the sons; of men; then shalt thou teach mortals in “the fear of the Lord,” and light the candle of understanding in their hearts; then shalt thou dwell in Zion, and light tip the habitations thereof with thy glory.

These holy treasures, these sacred archives are too precious to be bought with the riches of this world. Hence, Job says, “It cannot be gotten for gold, neither shall silver be weighed for the price thereof. It cannot be valued with the gold of Ophir, with the precious onyx, or the sapphire. The gold and the crystal cannot equal it: and the exchange of it shall not be for jewels of fine gold. No mention shall be made of coral, or of pearls: for the price of wisdom is above rubies. The topaz of Ethiopia shall not equal it, neither shall it be valued with pure gold.” All the wealth of ages is valueless, compared with the records of eternal wisdom, the inexhaustible fountain of understanding, hidden in the secret recesses of the wonderful— the beautiful—the lovely hill Cumorah! O, Cumorah! the hill of ancient Seers and Prophets! the hill of God! Sanctified by holy angels’ feet! From thy bowels is heard a voice, low, sweet, mild, of heavenly tones! yet it thrills through every fibre of the heart! It speaks of man—of God—of earth—of heaven—of hell! It speaks of the past—of the future—of the destiny of nations—the reign of Messiah — the resurrection—the final judgment! O holy, lovely mount! the sacred resting place of Zion’s law! In thy chambers dwell eternal riches! In thy lovely bosom are fountains that never dry I Speak! 0 speak again! Let Zion. hear thy voice! for thy voice is not the voice of feeble helpless man! but the voice of the Eternal One, speaking from the ground. Let Zion sing for joy! let the heavens be full of praise; for thou, O Lord, makest the earth to disclose its wonders; thou bringest forth truth from the bowels thereof! thou openest the gates of wisdom, and showest thy word unto the sons of men! Hidden things are brought to light—things most precious to the soul! let the hills and mountains break forth into singing! let the earth itself utter songs of everlasting joy! let glory, honor, and everlasting power, be unto Him who sitteth upon the throne, who holdeth the keys of Creation and Redemption forever more.” The Latter-day Saints Millennial Star Vol. 28; publisher Liverpool: July 7, 1866 Orson Pratt (Italics added)

Coupled with Christian interests, scholars like Samuel L. Mitchill of Columbia College examined Indian ruins in New York, claiming that Native American races had once met there in battle, resulting in the extermination of one race by another. Mitchill was well known enough to have reached public conscientiousness in Palmyra, having been mentioned in the Palmyra Freeman, and Martin Harris eventually visited him in February of 1828 to see if he could translate some of the characters on the gold plates. See, generally, Bennett, “ ‘A Nation Now Extinct’ ”; Michael Hubbard MacKay, “ ‘Git Them Translated’: Translating the Characters on the Gold Plates,” in Approaching Antiquity: Joseph Smith and the Ancient World, ed. Lincoln H. Blumell, Matthew J. Grey, Andrew H. Hedges (Provo, UT: Religious Studies Center; Salt Lake City; Deseret Book, 2015), 79–112; “Gold Bible,” Palmyra Freeman, 12 August 1829.

These treasures that are in the earth are carefully watched, they can be removed from place to place according to the good pleasure of Him who made them and owns them…. Orin P. Rockwell is an eye-witness to some powers of removing the treasures of the earth. He was with certain parties that lived nearby where the plates were found that contain the records of the Book of Mormon. There were a great many treasures hid up by the Nephites. Porter was with them one night where there were treasures, and they could find them easy enough, but they could not obtain them…. He said that on this night, … they dug around the end of a chest…. One man who was determined to have the contents of that chest, took his pick and struck into the lid of it, and split through into the chest. The blow took off a piece of the lid, which a certain lady kept in her possession until she died. That chest of money went into the bank. Porter describes it so [making a rumbling sound]; he says this is just as true as the heavens are … to those who understand these things, it is not marvelous…. I will take the liberty to tell you of another circumstance … Oliver Cowdery went with the Prophet Joseph when he deposited these plates…. the angel instructed him to carry them back to the hill Cumorah, which he did. Oliver says … the hill opened, and they walked into a cave, in which there was a large and spacious room. … They laid the plates on a table; it was a large table that stood in the room. Under this table there was a pile of plates as much as two feet high, and there were altogether in this room more plates than probably many wagon loads; … there is a seal upon the treasures of earth; men are allowed to go so far and no farther. I have known places where there were treasures in abundance; but could men get them? No (Brigham Young Journal of Discourses, vol. 19, pp. 36-39).

James E. Talmage speaks out on Cumorah Land. Elder James E. Talmage of the Council of the Twelve made the following statements to Elder Golden Jensen who was serving as secretary of the Eastern States Mission in New York in 1920, which Elder Jensen recorded in a letter to a friend in 1954:

Dear Brother Dixon: June 10, 1954  ,

In keeping with your request, I will endeavor to give you herein an account of an experience which I greatly enjoyed while laboring as secretary of the Eastern States Mission.

In the summer of 1920, 1 received an assignment to attend a special meeting with the missionaries laboring in Buffalo, New York. The day following the meeting I met George W. McCune, my mission president, and the late Dr. James E, Talmage who had driven to Buffalo from Detroit, Michigan. At their invitation I accompanied them to New York City. Enroute, however, we proceeded to Rochester, thence to the city of Palmyra, where we visited briefly. We then proceeded to the Joseph Smith Farm, where we left our car and walked to the sacred grove. As we were about to enter the grove, Dr. Talmage stopped, removed his shoes, and requested that President McCune and I remain where we were while he entered and prayed, alone in that sacred and holy spot, to the Living God.

After a while he called us to join him, whereupon he retold the story of the boy Prophet and of the glorious vision which Joseph had beheld, while President McCune and I sat and wept with joy.

Leaving the grove, we went immediately to the Hill Cumorah and viewed the spot where the Angel Moroni had, ages before, deposited the golden plates according to the instructions of the Lord. These records were later revealed and delivered to Joseph the Prophet and were translated by him forth to the world The Book of Mormon.

All the while I was being thrilled and edified by the continuous flow of information and wisdom that came from the marvelous store of knowledge of Elder Talmage. I think I shall never forget how he looked, standing with bared head on the crest of the Hill Cumorah and with outstretched arm describing as he seemed to visualize that last great battle between the armies of the Nephites and Lamanites, calling attention to the significance of the hill as a vantage point for the forces who might gain control or possession of it.

At this time he stated that he had found as a result of a survey and extensive analysis made by him, while a student in an eastern university, the soils of the surrounding area to be very rich in calcium, and phosphate content, in the soils particularly adjacent to the Hill Cumorah. With further investigation he discovered that there was a lack of these elements in the land which lay further than a few miles in radius in any direction from the Hill Cumorah. To him, this discovery was indicative of the fact that there was decaying of bones of the Nephite and Lamanite armies that perished there.

To Apostle Talmage there was no doubt as to the reality of those great events as related in the Book of Mormon, nor was there any doubt in his mind as to the place where they had occurred.

I commend you, Brother Dixon, for your keen interest in the visible and physical evidences which declare the truth of the Book of Mormon; and may the Lord bless you in your endeavor to bring attention of same to closer view.

Sincerely your brother,

  1. Golden Jensen

(Riley L. Dixon, Just One Cumorah, 1958, 147-149)


“Within recent years there has arisen among certain students of the Book of Mormon a theory to the effect that within the period covered by the Book of Mormon, the Nephites and Lamanites were confined almost entirely within the borders of the territory comprising Central America and the southern portion of Mexico—the isthmus of Tehauntepec probably being the “narrow neck” of land spoken of in the Book of Mormon rather than the Isthmus of Panama (See Alma 50:34; 52:9; 63:5; Mormon 2:29; 3:5). This theory is founded upon the assumption that it was impossible for the colony of Lehi’s to multiply and fill the hemisphere within the limits of 1,000 years, or from the coming of Lehi from Jerusalem to the time of the destruction of the Nephites at the Hill Cumorah. Moreover, they claim that the story in the Book of Mormon of the migrations, building of cities, and the wars and contentions, preclude the possibility of the people spreading over great distances such as we find within the borders of North and South America. “If we are willing to accept the Bible record, which is confirmed by the Doctrine and Covenants, the entire civilization of the earth was destroyed in the flood except Noah and his family (See Gen 6; 7; 8; Moses 7:36–43). Moreover, this destruction took place less than 5,000 years ago, and today the population of the earth, notwithstanding wars and destructions, is estimated [in 1954] at over 2,000,000,000 souls [2018 population estimated at 7,600,000,000, has nearly quadrupled in just 64 years]. The population of Europe, based upon the best records available, is vastly increased over that at the time of the discovery of America; yet upon this hemisphere are to be found hundreds of millions of people, descendants of European and Asiatic ancestors who knew nothing of this land before the discovery by Columbus. The rapid increase of posterity is known to every genealogist who has traced the record of the early settlers in this western country. “This modernistic theory of necessity, in order to be consistent, must place the waters of Ripliancum and the Hill Cumorah some place within the restricted territory of Central America, notwithstanding the teachings of the Church to the contrary for upwards of 100 years. Because of this theory some members of the Church have become confused and greatly disturbed in their faith in the Book of Mormon. It is for this reason that evidence is here presented to show that it is not only possible that these places could be located as the Church has held during the past century, but that in very deed such is the case. “It is known that the Hill Cumorah where the Nephites were destroyed is the hill where the Jaredites were also destroyed. This hill was known to the Jaredites as Ramah. It was approximately near to the waters of Ripliancum, which the Book of Ether says, ‘by interpretation, is large, or to exceed all’ – Ether 15:8. Mormon adds: ‘And it came to pass that we did march forth to the land of Cumorah, and we did pitch our tents round about the hill Cumorah; and it was in a land of many waters, rivers, and fountains; and here we had hope to gain advantage over the Lamanites,’ (Mormon 6:4).” – Joseph Fielding Smith, Doctrines of Salvation, Edited by Bruce McConkie, Vol. 3 [1999] 232–243.


The book below written in 1851 is a wonderful work about ancient earth works, enclosures, and mounds. E.G. Squire has done a thorough analysis of evidence in New York about ancient civilizations in the counties of Ontario where the Hill Cumorah is located, and many surrounding counties. This leaves little doubt about substantial artifacts of copper, pottery, bones, burials, mounds, enclosures and battlegrounds of people like the Nephites and Lamanites.

Antiquities of the state of New York. Being the results of extensive original surveys and explorations, with a supplement on the antiquities of the West..
by Squier, E. G. (Ephraim George), 1821-1888

If You Hear Hoax, It’s Probably True. Grave Creek Stone & More

Historians Cry Hoax (Very Sad)

Why is it that so many artifacts found in North America over the years have been called a hoax by most of the so-called archaeologists and scientists? Why do the “smart ones” seem to lack so much knowledge? Why did the Smithsonian hide artifacts and claim that all Native Americans were Savages? Most scientists don’t like discussing things that go against their pet theories.

For example, I have an acquaintance who is a well known professor in Utah who is a wonderful man, a great member of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, and has spent over 30 years of research to find evidences of the Book of Mormon in Mesoamerica. His donors have spent millions of dollars researching all over the land of Mexico and Central America looking for any little proof of a connection to the Book of Mormon. He refuses to even consider artifacts in North America.

Here is a quote from another LDS researcher friend of mine who said,  “Mesoamerica fits because of things like populations, writing systems, warfare, city-state governments, kings, raised highways, and so much more. This is not saying that the Nephites were the Maya. Rather, it seems that the Nephites were a small group affected by Mesoamerican culture.” These serious archaeologists searching in Mesoamerica have found nothing of substance, but only suggestions of why the Book of Mormon happened in Mesoamerica. Now understand, as a heartlander I don’t think I have all the answers either. I am just saying why not take all of this possible evidence of Nephites in North America and research it? Why not spend $1 million of the $8 million these LDS archaeologists just received, and search things in North America. They could still use the $7 million in Mesoamerica.

This is why almost all so-called evidence of the Book of Mormon in North America is called a hoax because it doesn’t fit their paradigm so they don’t want to explore it further, in case it goes against their belief. We have the same bias who believe in the heartland theory, but like me, most of us have studied the Mesoamerican theory for many years and found very little.

Recently this first acquaintance I mentioned earlier, spent a few days in Ohio with 4 non-Mormon PhD’s, scientists and archaeologists who were looking for evidence of ancient civilizations of Hebrew culture in Ohio. Combined they had over 90 years of archaeological experience of Ancient Hebrew existing in Ohio. We did find 7 ancient Adena roundhouses dated from about 400 to 200 BC, using magnetometry from Germany.* However not one of our non-Mormon friends could convince this acquaintance of mine to even consider looking in Ohio for Hebrew artifacts. See this picture? A wonderful LDS archaeologist who is so focused in Mesoamerica that he won’t even look at this Hebrew evidence in North America. He doesn’t even want to take the chance that it is a possibility. You would think with Lehi being from the tribe of Joseph, and Mulek from the tribe of Judah and possibly existing evidence in North America, why wouldn’t that be something he would want to at least take a look at? It’s called confirmation bias, and we all do it. *See my other blog here. https://www.bofm.blog/in-search-of-the-lost-menorah-in-ohio/

This is why I think it is important for my readers to view all the information that is out there. I believe we should be open minded to all theories. It shows strength when we are willing to look at the other side which just strengthens our own resolve as we learn and pray about truth. As Moroni said, “we may know the true of all things.”

Scholarship, Faith, and Revelation

Elder Oaks said, “I maintain that the issue of the historicity of the Book of Mormon is basically a difference between those who rely exclusively on scholarship [Mesoamecanist] and those who rely on a combination of scholarship, faith, and revelation [Heartlanders]. Those who rely exclusively on scholarship reject revelation and fulfill Nephi’s prophecy that in the last days men “shall teach with their learning, and deny the Holy Ghost, which giveth utterance” (2 Ne. 28:4). — Dallin H. Oaks, 29 October 1993, Complete article here- The Historicity of the Book of Mormon  (Parentheses, color, and emphasis added.)


Pouring Down Knowledge

As you read about all the archaeology found in the rest of this blog, you will be overwhelmed with information. How can an intellectual or Historical Professor just dismiss it all and say it isn’t true? Because it doesn’t fit their pet theories contained in their own “Great and Spacious Building.” I am amazed at what the Lord is doing, “pouring down knowledge from heaven upon the heads of the Latter-day Saints.” D&C 121:33


This painting by Ken Corbett, represents Mormon with his son, Mormon traveling south on the Ohio River heading towards the Land Zarahemla in Illinois and Missouri, near Grave Creek Mound in West Virginia. You can visualize in Mormon 1:6-7 Young Mormon saying, “And it came to pass that I, being eleven years old, was carried by my father into the land southward, even to the land of Zarahemla. The whole face of the land had become covered with buildings, and the people were as numerous almost, as it were the sand of the sea.” Young Mormon is pointing to the Grave Creek mound and all the buildings around.

Grave Creek Mound Archaeological Complex

The Mound


“The heart of the site is probably the most famous and certainly the largest of the Adena Burial mounds. A massive undertaking, the total effort required the movement of more than 60,000 tons of earth. Artifacts and exhibits interpreting the lifestyle of the Adena people are displayed in the Delf Norona Museum, adjacent to the 2,000 year old mound. The most impressive and largest Adena mound, Grave Creek Mound is the largest conical type of any of the mound builder structures. Construction of the mound took place in successive stages from about 250-150 B.C., as indicated by the multiple burials at different levels within the structures. In 1838, road engineers measured its height at 69 feet and its diameter at the base at 295 feet. Originally a moat of about 40 feet in width and five feet in depth with one causeway encircled it.

The first recorded excavation of the mound took place in 1838, conducted by local amateurs. To gain entrance to the mound, two horizontal tunnels and one vertical shaft were created. This led to the most significant discovery of two burial vaults.

In addition to the Adena ornaments and remains found in the interior, the upper vault contained a small flat sandstone tablet. Later, authenticity of the tablet and the meaning of its inscription became quite controversial. Though the stone has never been authenticated and has been disputed by most professionals, a replica of the original is on display in the museum.

Grave Creek Archaeological Complex also maintains a 136-seat theater with a small stage.


The Museum

The Delf Norona Museum opened in December 1978. The thoroughly modern facility, with its natural brick facade and pyramid-shaped skylights is an architectural tribute to a prehistoric era. Exhibits and displays on the upper level portray and clarify what is known about the cultural life of this prehistoric people and the construction of the Grave Creek Mound. We also have the archaeology exhibits that pertain to the early inhabitants of the area including the First Homes of West Virginia; the Grave Creek Tablet; The Building of the Mound; The Builders of the Mound and Who They Were.

Open year-round to visitors. An interpretive lecture is available to groups with advance reservation and group leaders can contact the museum for a list of hands-on programs


The Adena People

About 1000 B.C. marks the beginning of a new period in North America. Called the Woodland Period, this period lasted until about 700 A.D. During this time, a new culture emerged and made significant settlements in what is now known as West Virginia. These people are known to us today by the general term the Mound Builders, so called for their practice of creating earthen burial mounds and other earthworks. The Mound Builders lived over a wide range from the Atlantic, the Midwest and the Ohio Valley to the Mississippi Valley. The term “mound builders” refers to several cultures that span a period of about 20 centuries.

The first group of people to develop this unique way of life were the Adena, from about 1000 B.C. to about 1 A.D. They had well-organized societies and lived in a wide area including much of present day Ohio, Indiana, West Virginia, Kentucky and parts of Pennsylvania and New York. A later group of Mound Builders, the Hopewell, lived from about 1 A.D. to 700 A.D. and represented a greater refinement over the earlier Adena culture. Other cultures extended Mound Builders to about 1300 A.D.

The labour of many people must have been required to build these mounds since they did not use the wheel and had no horses. The large amounts of earth had to be moved by the basket-load. Perhaps for this reason, the mounds were often used more than once. We find in many mounds there are multiple burials at different levels. Over time the mounds gradually increased in size.

Most of the people were cremated after death, placed in small log tombs and covered with earth. They often were buried in the flesh and more important people were laid to rest with a variety of artifacts such as flint tools, beads, pipes and mica and copper ornaments.

Grave Creek Mound is of the late Adena Period and was built in successive stages over a period of 100 years or more. We do not know why the Adena chose to build the particular mound on such a huge scale compared with other burial mounds in the area that generally range in size from 20 to 300 feet in diameter.

A typical Adena house was built in a circular form from 15 to 45 feet in diameter. The walls consisted of paired posts tilted outward, joined to other wood to form a conical-shaped roof. The roof was covered with bark and the walls may have been bark, wickerwork or some combination. They were extensive traders as evidenced by the types of ,material found in the mounds they constructed. Copper from the western Great Lakes region and shells from the Gulf of Mexico, all attest to the range of their economic activity. In addition, the culture also practiced agriculture, hunting and fishing.

About 500 B.C., the Adena culture began slowly to give way to a more sophisticated culture, the Hopewell. Although little remains of their villages, the Adena left great monuments to mark their passing, and one of the greatest of these in the Grave Creek Mound.” by The West Virginia Department of Arts, Culture and History See my blog about the Adena people here: https://www.bofm.blog/the-adena-culture-is-the-jaredite-culture/


The Grave Creek Stone


The Grave Creek Stone
Smithsonian photograph 90-9022
(MS 3146, E.H. Davis Collection, National Anthropological Archives)

The Grave Creek Stone was discovered in 1838 during the excavation of the Grave Creek Mound, in Moundsville, West Virginia, on the Ohio River, about 10 miles south of Wheeling. The stone, an actual photograph of which appears in Figure 1 above, was a small inscribed sandstone disk, about 1 7/8″ (4.8 cm) wide, and 1 1/2″ (3.6 cm) high. The reverse side was uninscribed.

In 1838, the mound was reported to have been 69 feet high and 295 feet in diameter at the base, making it the largest of the Adena mounds. Today the mound is preserved in the Grave Creek Mound State Park. According to the Park website, the mound is currently believed to have been built between 250 BC and 150 BC. Figure 2 below shows the mound in its present condition. Note the relative size of the cars and house.


Fig. 2
The Grave Creek Mound today

Lifted from Home in West Virginia website.It is not known where the stone itself is today. In 1868 it was in the collection of E.H. Davis, of Squier and Davis fame, before most of Davis’s collection was sold to the Blackmore Museum, now part of the British Museum. Fig. 1 above, the only known photograph of the actual stone, is cropped from a photograph of items 60 – 65 of the Davis collection taken shortly before the sale. Nevertheless, the British Museum’s North American Ethnographic Collection confirms that the Grave Creek Stone is not at present in the Museum’s Squier and Davis collections (personal communication, 12/4/89). According to Barnhart (1986, p. 124n), the stone was probably in the collection of Wills de Hass at the time of his death in 1910, and may have passed from there “to parts unknown.” De Hass’s papers are preserved in a library in West Virginia, and may provide some information, or even contain the stone itself, but I have not checked this out.


The Cast and Wax ImpressionIn 1868, however, Davis made a plaster cast of the stone and deposited it in the Smithsonian Institution. In 1990, Donal Buchanan and I visited the Smithsonian’s National Museum of Natural History in order to view the cast and to check out rumors that the Smithsonian had the original. The NMNH in fact has four casts of the stone, but no original.


(C) Smithsonian Institution Fig. 3.
Cast of the Grave Creek Stone.

Smithsonian Institution Photograph No. 6768
(Catalogue No. 7252)
Two of the casts have catalog number NMNH 7252, one NMNH 138470, and one NMNH 325934. The darker of the two 7252s, which I call 7252 #1, is painted realistically and signed at the bottom of the front in pale white ink, “E.H. Davis W. Va.” It is shown in Figure 3 above. The white marks under the figure at the bottom are just the remnants of Davis’s signature, upside down. The second, lighter colored NMNH 7252 #2 and the two higher numbered casts appear to be derivative casts made from the above NMNH 7252 #1.

The National Anthropological Archives (MS 3146, E.H. Davis Collection) also has a wax impression of the stone that Davis made at the same time. It is unprotected and badly cracked, but confirms some details that do not show well on the cast. In particular, it clearly shows an X-shaped letter at the left end of the second line, and a lozenge- or diamond-shaped letter at the left end of the third line, that only partially “took” on the cast.

Our inspection confirmed the view of Charles Whittlesey, (1876) that the drawing by Capt. Seth Eastman, which appeared in Henry R. Schoolcraft’s 1850 Indian Tribes of the United States, was the only reliable drawing of the stone, of the six depicted by Whittlesey. Unfortunately, many of the early scholars who made serious attempts to interpret the inscription, including Rafn, Jomard, and Bing-Lvy, worked from seriously inferior copies of the stone. This may at least in part account for the total divergence of the early interpretations, as to both language and content.


Fig. 4
Photocopy of Seth Eastman drawing of Grave Creek Stone

from Henry R. Schoolcraft Indian Tribes of the United States, 1850,
by way of Barnhart (1986).
(added 2/08)It should be noted that although Whittlesey (1876, p. 2) presents what he calls a “Copy of Grave Creek Stone — No. 1. by Captain Eastman, United States Army,” what he shows is not actually Eastman’s copy of the stone, but rather a redrawing of Eastman’s copy. Furthermore, his redrawing differs in two important respects from Eastman’s — First, Eastman draws the leftmost letter in the first line with its two verticals meeting at the bottom to form a “V”, whereas Whittlesey has them more nearly parallel, and distinctly open at the bottom. And second, Eastman correctly draws the leftmost letter on the third line as a lozenge or diamond that closes at its top, whereas Whittlesey draws this letter to be distinctly open at the top. In a second, 1879 article, Whittlesey includes his redrawing of Eastman again, with the somewhat misleading explanation, “I insert again the only correct copy made by Captain Eastman, United States Army, from the original in 1850, for Schoolcraft’s Indian Tribes.” Williams (1991, p. 84) also reproduces Whittlesey’s 1876 illustration, giving an 1879 article by M.C. Read as his immediate source.


A New DrawingBelow is my own attempt to draw the inscription, based on a tracing of the above photograph of the cast, supplemented by our inspection of the actual cast and wax impression.

Fig. 5.
The Grave Creek Inscription
It is not obvious from the inscription itself whether the lines are to be read from left to right or right to left, or perhaps even back and forth or “boustrophedon.” It is not even obvious which end of the stone is the top. Many of the letters are invertible top for bottom, and two actually appear along with their own inverse. I have merely followed the universal convention of placing the figure at the bottom.

The horizontal guide lines are more shallow than the letters themselves, and are not part of the inscription. In Figure 5 below, I have eliminated them and separated the lines for clarity.

Fig. 6.
The Letters of the Grave Creek Inscription
The principal difference between my drawing and Eastman’s is that in the D-like second letter from the right in the last line, Eastman has drawn the crossbar as a faint wavering line, which one might interpret as a stray scratch, while in fact it is straight and bold, and definitely part of the letter. I have drawn the vertical of the “D” to extend down below the crossbar to meet the loop, as Eastman did, since this appears to be what was intended. However, this continuation in fact is not very clear on either the cast or the wax impression. It is therefore not inconceivable that the vertical only extends down to the crossbar, as it appears in Whittlesey’s Copy #2, from the American Pioneer, May 1843, and Copy #3, used by Jomard.


The Early ControversyHistorian Terry Barnhart has recently published an excellent overview (1986) of the 19th century controversy over the authenticity of the Grave Creek Stone. Schoolcraft, Wills de Hass, and J.P. MacLean supported its authenticity, while E.G. Squier, Davis, and M.C. Read regarded it as a forgery. Barnhart’s most interesting observation is that in 1847, Squier had made much of the “singular omission” of any mention of the stone in Dr. James W. Clemens’ first-hand, day-by day account of the excavation, which appeared in S.G. Morton’s 1839 Crania Americana. In 1858, however, de Hass managed to produce the manuscript original of Clemens’ account, and demonstrated that Morton had merely taken it upon himself to expurgate the stone’s discovery from the published version. Dr. Clemens in fact recorded the inscribed stone on the day of its discovery.

This painting by Ken Corbett, represents Mormon with his son, Mormon traveling south on the Ohio River heading towards the Land Zarahemla in Illinois and Missouri. Near Grave Creek Mound in West Virginia, you can visualize in Mormon 1:6-7 it saying, “And it came to pass that I, being eleven years old, was carried by my father into the land southward, even to the land of Zarahemla. The whole face of the land had become covered with buildings, and the people were as numerous almost, as it were the sand of the sea.” Young Mormon is pointing to the Grave Creek mound and all the buildings around.

In 1877, the Ohio State Archaeological Society appointed a committee to study the authenticity of the stone. Committee member M.C. Read published a strong denunciation, that included a widely cited experiment to determine if the inscription was alphabetic: He asked four persons who had no training in ancient inscriptions to fabricate twenty or more arbitrary “letters” composed of straight lines and combinations of straight lines. “The result, said Read, was that ‘In every case an inscription was produced presenting as many indications of being alphabetical’ as that on the Grave Creek stone. Accordingly, Read concluded that the Grave Creek inscription was ‘just such a medley of characters as anyone would produce who undertook to invent an inscription to puzzle the curious.'” (Barnhart 1986 p. 120)

Committee member Rev. J.B. MacLean, on the other hand, published his own article in which he “did not hesitate to pronounce its authenticity as incontestable…. Regardless of who found the stone or whether it was discovered inside or outside the mound, all professed witnesses agreed it had come from the mound. To MacLean, this was the unassailable preposition.” (Barnhart 1986 p. 122)

Barnhart’s discussion stops short of the two influential articles by Charles Whittlesey, already mentioned above. The first, entitled “Archaeological Frauds,” (1876) deals at length with the Grave Creek Stone. Whittlesey ominously cites Squier’s finding that “Dr. Clemens, in his first account of the opening of the mound, makes no mention of this stone” (p. 5), but himself makes no mention of de Hass’s correction of this misconception.

Whittlesey condemns the inscription itself on the very peculiar grounds that even “If the Grave Creek find was free from suspicion as to its integrity, it has undergone so many mutations from transcribers and translators that its value to ethnologists is gone.” (1876, p. 5) Whittlesey himself had already demonstrated that most of the copies that had been made of the stone were unreliable. However, even though these inaccurate copies created considerable unfortunate confusion among scholars, they in no way altered the inscription itself or in any way lessened any ultimate value it might have to ethnologists.

It was also true that the many attempts at translation differed completely as to substance and even purported language and alphabet. However, this does not demonstrate that none of the proposed translations could be of any merit, but merely that at most one could be of any merit. Even if they all proved erroneous (which Whittlesey did not even begin to attempt to demonstrate in either of his articles), it still would not follow that there could never be a valid translation. Nor would they in any way hamper any future valid translation. In any event, the disagreement among the translations may have been more the fault of the bad copies the translators had to work with than of the inscription or of the translators themselves.

Whittlesey concludes that “The best authorities in the United States have condemned it during many years. The preponderances of proof as well as of probabilities are decidedly against it.” (1876, p. 5) The very title of his article clearly classifies it as a fraud.

In his second, 1879 article, entitled “The Grave Creek Inscribed Stone,” Whittlesey intriguingly backs off his earlier position that the stone itself is a clearcut hoax. Instead, he now merely insists that the inscription is not alphabetic: “I agree with Prof. Read that the characters on the stone, by whomsoever they were cut, are not alphabetical or phonetic. If they have any meaning and are not a mere jumble of characters they must be symbolic or picture writing. It is therefore of small consequence whether the stone is antique or modern, whether it is genuine or a fraud.” (p. 66) He concludes, “If Professor Read and myself are right in our conclusions, that the figures are neither of the Runic, Phonician, Canaanite, Hebrew, Libyan, Celtic, or any other alphabet language, its importance has been greatly overrated.” (p. 68)

After Whittlesey’s two articles the Grave Creek Stone was generally dropped from serious consideration by archaeologists, except as a textbook example of an established hoax. It was so thoroughly discredited that they even lost track of its whereabouts.

Wills de Hass was appointed to head the Smithsonian Bureau of Ethnology’s Mound Survey project, but was quickly replaced in favor of Cyrus Thomas. It is not unlikely that this had something to do with his favorable position toward the Grave Creek Stone. Thomas, on the other hand, “took a very strong, almost sarcastic, stance toward the Grave Creek Stone and Schoolcraft’s support of it.” (Williams 1991, p. 86)


The Bil Stumps ReadingA 1930 article in Science News Letter reported in all seriousness that one Andrew Price had at last “cleared up one of the greatest hoaxes in the record of American science,” by translating the Grave Creek inscription into “good old West Virginian.” (Davis 1930) According to the article, “That hoax, perpetrated by some unknown practical jokesmith, has stood triumphantly undetected for ninety odd years.” The inscription, according to Price, reads, in plain English,

BIL STUMPS STONE OCT 14 1838Price claims that this hoax was inspired by Charles Dickens’ The Pickwick Papers, published just the year before the Grave Creek mound was opened. In Dickens’ novel, Mr. Pickwick discovers a stone bearing the following cryptic inscription: X B I L S T U M P S H I S MA R K

After Pickwick announces that he has unearthed “a curious inscription of unquestionable antiquity,” the message is ignominiously deciphered as reading

X BIL STUMPS HIS MARKA diagram accompanying the Science News Letter article indicates that Price interprets the three lines on the Grave Creek Stone as follows:

B I L-S T-U M
P S S T O N E
O C T-1 4-1 8 3 8Over these letters is a transcription of the inscription that is bad beyond Whittlesey’s wildest imagination. Letters are pushed together or pulled apart and lines added or ignored wherever convenient. Letters from different lines are even joined together, and in several cases letter portions are used more than once in this manner. Even this mutilated transcription must be tortured beyond endurance before it will confess to Price’s reading.

The Bil Stumps reading is an amusing spoof that has no true relation to the inscription. Even Williams (1991, p. 87) concurs in this assessment. The only hoax here was that the likes of Science News Letter fell for Price’s “solution.”


The Hough Stone

Figure 7.
The Hough Stone

Photo courtesy Robert B. Miller, Jr.
[Added 8/31/00]

In 1951, Philip R. Hough purchased for $1 an inscribed stone from an assemblage of unprovenienced Indian artifacts offered for sale by a gun dealer near Steubenville, Ohio. Hough sent a rubbing of the stone to the Smithsonian. He was informed that it closely resembled the Grave Creek stone, and might either be the original or a clever copy. Hough duly reported his find and its circumstances in a note in the Tennessee Archaeologist (1952).

In 1988, Hough’s grandson Robert B. Miller, Jr., then of Richmond Va., sent a photograph of the Hough stone to the late Victor Moseley, then president of the Midwestern Epigraphic Society. Moseley passed the photo on to me, which is displayed in Figure 6 above.

A close comparison of the Hough stone to the cast shown in Figure 3 above reveals, unfortunately, that it is not the original Grave Creek Stone. Its guide lines are too straight, too evenly spaced, and too parallel. Furthermore, the vertical alignment of the letters does not match that on the cast. It is, however, definitely a deliberate modern copy of the Grave Creek stone, and not, like the Braxton Creek and Ohio County stones, a possible corroborating inscription in the same script. There is no evidence that whoever made it was attempting to pass it off as the genuine article, and Hough is to be commended for his straightforward reporting of the matter.


FellModern interest in the stone has been revived, at least among amateurs like myself, by the late Barry Fell in his 1976 book America B.C. (1976a, p. 21, ch. 11). Fell offers yet another entirely different translation of the inscription, stating that the script is Iberian and the language Punic:

The mound raised-on-high for Tasach
This tile
(His) queen caused-to-be-made.He argues that although the Iberian script was already known in 1838, the phonetic values of the letters were not completely understood until the publication of Diringer’s The Alphabet in 1968, so that if the inscription yields an intelligible translation using these values, it must be genuine.

Fell provides the details of his translation in (1976b). In this article, he generally follows Eastman’s drawing of the stone. However, it should be noted that he adds a short foot to the third letter from the left in the second line, and then reads it, together with its two neighbors, as a single letter (a Semitic shin). I see no evidence of a foot or any connection at the base apart from the guideline, which should not be taken as part of the inscription, and believe this group should instead be read as three separate letters. I have no idea how this change would alter sense of his reading.

Fell’s translation is incorporated into an exhibit about the stone in the Delf Norona Museum at the Grave Creek Mound State Park. The replica of the stone on display there is not an actual cast of the original stone, but merely an artist’s reconstruction based on Eastman’s drawing.


Humbug?The Grave Creek Stone plays the lead role in Chapter 4 of Stephen Williams’ 1991 Fantastic Archaeology, entitled “The American Humbug: They’ll Believe Almost Anything!” Williams initially has the stone first noticed by Schoolcraft five years after the excavation among some artifacts taken from the mound by its owner, Abelard Tomlinson. In his next paragraph, however, Williams indicates that Tomlinson actually exhibited the stone about two years after the excavation (p. 82). Either way, he warns, following Samuel F. Haven, that the claim that the stone came from the mound was greatly “weakened by the time that purportedly elapsed between its discovery and the announcement of the find” (p. 84). He makes no mention of de Hass’s 1858 demonstration that Clemens in fact recorded it on the day it was found. Instead, he cautions the reader that “the problem of a time delay is a common thread running through a number of Fantastic Archaeology cases” (p. 85).

Williams places great weight on Read’s experiment to determine that the inscription is not alphabetical. “Read … says: ‘It [the inscription] is precisely of such character as would be the result of an ordinary attempt to manufacture an inscription’ and that any of the laborers could have made it. Read’s well-structured and careful testing should have laid the question of the Grave Creek inscription to rest.” (p. 86)

Williams’ overall assessment of the stone, echoed in the title of his chapter, is, “Bah, humbug, Mr. Tomlinson.” (p. 87)


KelleyIn a critical review of Williams’ book, philologist David H. Kelley deals at length with Williams’ treatment of the Grave Creek Stone. Kelly is the author of Deciphering the Mayan Script, a 1976 text that was instrumental in establishing the phonetic character of the Mayan glyphs. He considers as entirely appropriate Schoolcraft’s much-ridiculed, if inconclusive, attempt to identify the alphabet of the inscription.

Kelley writes, “I have a hard time criticizing the view that the inscription is non-alphabetic, for that seems to me an obvious fantasy. I think that anyone who could not recognize that obvious fact should, ipso facto, disbar himself from any serious discussion of the problem. Williams praises an ‘experiment’ by Read to determine what geometric forms would be produced by a teacher, a schoolgirl, a druggist, and a college professor asked ‘to write down twenty or more arbitrary symbols, not resembling any characters known to them and using only straight lines.’ This rubbish is utterly irrelevant to the question of alphabets. If one can match an inscription to a specific alphabet or even to a closely related group of alphabets, it is alphabetic; otherwise, it is not. Inventing imaginary systems (by people familiar with alphabets) seems to have been a useful propaganda device, but such systems do nothing to support Read’s conclusion that any of the labourers could have invented such an inscription. ‘Bah, humbug, Mr. Read.'” (1995, p. 12)

Kelly goes on to discuss the similar Braxton Creek and Ohio County inscriptions mentioned by Fell, and concludes, “My major point, however, is not to argue that the inscriptions are, indeed, genuine, but rather that I do not find it fantastic to think that they may be. Williams’s account makes the Grave Creek inscription look like obvious humbug, but he did not know many important facts which supported Tomlinson’s account of the find, and he completely misinterpreted Schoolcraft’s comparisons…. Williams’s book …. should not be used as a bludgeon against looking at important but unusual data and trying to put such data in a genuinely appropriate archaeological context.” (pp 13-14)


SmithMost recently, Rev. C. Edward Smith, Jr. (1998) has made a detailed study of Fell’s (1976b) translation of the Grave Creek inscription. Smith argues that Fell’s interpretation of the text as Punic does not work at all, even taking his letter values as given. Personally, I couldn’t tell Punic language from Arabic, but Smith cogently maintains that Fell doesn’t seem to see the difference either, using as he does Wehr’s Arabic dictionary to read Punic. Both are Semitic languages, but they belong to different branches of the family, and are evidently quite different in many pertinent respects.

Smith attempts no evaluation of Fell’s interpretation of the letters themselves as Iberian script, nor of the authenticity of the stone. He concludes, “we simply do not know — at this point in time and history — what the Grave Creek Stone says — only what it does not say.”


ConclusionThe Grave Creek Stone is long lost. It may turn up some day, but in the meanwhile, a surviving cast, a wax impression, Eastman’s drawing, and even a fuzzy photograph of the original give us an adequate indication of its appearance. The Hough Stone is a good copy, but regrettably is not the original.

Although it was amateurishly excavated, and years later there were numerous discrepancies about the details of its discovery, by all accounts it came out of the interior of the mound. Dr. Clemens documented the inscribed stone on the day of its discovery, even though Morton cut this account from the published version of Clemens’ report. There is no particular reason to think the stone is fraudulent.

Although David Kelley regards the inscription as obviously alphabetic, there is still no solid confirmation of Barry Fell’s identification of the script as Iberian. Fell’s translation of the language as Punic has been sharply criticized by Edward Smith. Perhaps future study will establish a consensus about the alphabet, the language, and/or the message.

References

Barnhart, Terry A. “Curious Antiquity? The Grave Creek Controversy Revisited.” West Virginia History 1986, pp. 103-124.

Davis, Emily C. “Printer’s Knowledge of Dickens Solves Scientific Hoax,” Science News Letter 17: 234-5, 1930.

Fell, Barry. America B.C. New York Times Books, 1976a.

Fell, Barry. “The Etymology of some Ancient American Inscriptions,” Epigraphic Society Occasional Publications Vol. 3, No. 76 part 2, Sept. 1976b.

Hough, Philip R. “My Part in the Story of the Grave Creek Tablet,” Tennessee Archaeologist Vol. 8 #2, Summer 1952, pp. 47-48.

Kelley, David H. “Epigraphy and Other Fantasies,” The Review of Archaeology, vol. 15, #2 (April 19, 1995), pp. 8-14.

Smith, C. Edward, Jr. “What the Grave Creek Stone Does not Say: An Epigraphic and Philological Analysis.” PO Box 96, Colerain, OH 43916. Revised Jan. 1998, June 2006.

Whittlesey, Charles. “Archaeological Frauds,” Western Reserve and Northern Ohio Historical Society Tract No. 33, Nov. 1876, pp. 1-7.

Whittlesey, Charles. “The Grave Creek Inscribed Stone,” Western Reserve and Northern Ohio Historical Society Tract No. 44, April 1879, pp. 65-68.

Williams, Stephen. Fantastic Archaeology: The Wild Side of North American Prehistory. University of Pennsylvania Press, 1991.


Return to Archaeological Outliers page. Page written and maintained
by J. Huston McCulloch
Send comments to: [email protected]

Drawings on this page may be freely downloaded and copied, with credit to this website.
Figure 3 may not be used without the permission of the Smithsonian Department of Anthropology.

 https://www.asc.ohio-state.edu/mcculloch.2/arch/grvcrk.html

Mastodon Jaw Unearthed in New York-More BofM Evidence?

WHY NEW YORK?

New York is one of the most archaeologically rich sites in America. Human bones, battles, artifacts, copper, steel, pearls, roads, forts, mounds, and a bloody hill. The incredible amount of animal bones including Mastodons and Mammoths I discuss below, match up with the Book of Mormon timeline and are also very abundant as shown below in this map, taken from “Distribution of Pleistocene Mammals in New york State” Fisher 1955, and “The Archaeology of New York State” William A. Ritchie 1965.

ANCIENT NEPHITE-LAMANITE BATTLEGROUNDS

“The battles in described as often having culminated in the destruction of previous, superior Native cultures which had taken final refuge in forts at the tops of hills, including the general region of the hill known to Mormons as Cumorah. In the town of Camillus, in the same county of Onondaga . . . there are two ancient forts . . . One is on a very high hill, and its area covers about three acres. . . . The ditch was deep and the eastern wall ten feet high. In the centre was a large lime stone of an irregular shape.”
A Memoir on the Antiquities of the Western Parts of the State of New-York, Addressed to the Honourable Samuel L. Mitchill, a Vice-President of the Literary and Philosophical Society of New York . . . by Dewitt Clinton . . . Read Before the Society November 13th, 1817 De Witt Clinton (1769-1828)

Bloody Hill NY

“Pompey in Onondaga County, a town covering upwards of five hundred acres must have contained a population greatly transcending all our ideas of credibility . . . This town was on elevated ground, . . . and was well calculated for defense. . . . There are three old forts distant about eight miles from each other, and forming a triangle which encloses the town; . . . and they were, in all probability, erected to cover the town and to protect the inhabitants from the attacks of an enemy. . . . On the line of the north side, the town was probably stormed. There are graves on each side close to the precipice; sometimes five or six persons were thrown promiscuously into the same grave. If the invaders had been repulsed, the inhabitants would have interred the killed in the usual places; but from the circumstance of there being graves near the ravine and in the village, I am induced to believe that the town was taken. (noting ‘gun barrels, axes, hoes and swords . . . all over these grounds’) The traditions of the Indians agree in some measure with the French relations. They represent that their forefathers had several bloody battles with the French . . . There is a hill in Pompey, which the Indians will not visit, and which they call Bloody Hill. . . . The old fortifications were erected previous to European intercourse. The Indians are ignorant by whom they were made; and in the wars which took place in this country, it is probable that they were occupied as strong holds by the belligerents; and it is likely that the ruins of European works of a different construction may be found… it is remarkable that our ancient forts resemble the old British and Danish. The Bloody Hill site dated by modern archaeology to ca. 1420 A.D. has been excavated carefully in modern times, yielding comparatively superior ceramic artifacts. Significantly more Native sites are now recognized in Pompey, beyond the few which [DeWitt] Clinton knew or was able to visit.” (James A. Tuck, 104-119) Mormon Parallels: A Bibliographic Source 2014 Rick Grunder page 403. Map from “Onondaga Iroquois Pre History A Study in Settlement Archaeology” James A. Tuck 1971 page 20

Onondaga, Joseph Smith’s Indians?

“Onondaga was a name that Joseph would have heard frequently in the Indian lore which B. H. Roberts felt must have influenced Joseph during his early days in Palmyra… Indeed, in order to reach Palmyra in company with Lucy Mack Smith and his siblings when they emigrated from Vermont, Joseph had to traverse the important township of Onondaga, through which the original Genesee and Seneca Turnpikes still run today…” Mormon Parallels: A Bibliographic Source 2014 Rick Grunder pg 1125

LAMANITE SETTLEMENTS

I share 5 mounds dated from 700 to 1100 AD called SACKETT, GENEVA, LAWSON, MORROW, & VINE VALLEY Mounds. These are a few of the mounds around the Cumorah area that show the Lamanites settlements were possible after the final battles could be all around this location. See above map.

For many more details of Ancient battles and archaeology in New York, see my blog here titled, “Pompey, Onondaga County New York, Near Palmyra and Cumorah


Complete mastodon jaw unearthed in New York after homeowner spots teeth in backyard

The Stockton, New York, homeowner initially spotted two teeth hidden in the fronds of a plant on their property and proceeded to uncover two more teeth buried inches underground, the New York State Museum said. Staff from the museum, which is based in Albany and has an archaeological research department, and SUNY Orange launched an investigation at the property.

mastodonteeth02.jpg
A complete mastodon jaw was unearthed from the yard of a home in New York state.New York State Museum

Their excavation unearthed additional fossils, including a full, well-preserved adult jaw and fragments of rib and toe bones that once belonged to a mastodon — ancient giants that existed during the Ice Age and became extinct some 10,000 years ago. The term refers to a group of massive elephant-like species, like the mammoth.

“When I found the teeth and examined them in my hands, I knew they were something special and decided to call in the experts,” said the homeowner in a statement to the New York State Museum. “I’m thrilled that our property has yielded such an important find for the scientific community.”

mastodonteeth01.jpg
Excavators discovered fragments of the mastodon’s toe and rib bones in addition to the jaw.New York State Museum

Remnants of mastodons have been discovered in New York before. According to the museum, more than 150 fossils of these prehistoric creatures have been documented to date statewide, with around one-third of them coming from Orange County, where the latest bones were found.

But experts said the findings offer an opportunity to learn something new.

“This discovery is a testament to the rich paleontological history of New York and the ongoing efforts to understand its past,” said Robert Feranec, a research director and curator at the New York State Museum whose work centers on ice age animals, in a statement. “Fossils are resources that provide remarkable snapshots of the past, allowing us to not only reconstruct ancient ecosystems but also provide us with better context and understanding of the current world around us.”

The mastodon fossils will undergo carbon dating and analysis to determine the creature’s age, diet and habitat while it was alive, the museum said. After that analysis and subsequent preservation work are complete, the bones will be featured on public display in 2025.”


See additional information titled, Elephants, Cureloms, & Cumoms (Mammoths?) in North America

A mastodon tusk discovered in a sinkhole in the Aucilla River shows clear signs of human contact, according to a new analysis.

Mastodon Rock-Underwater Stonehenge?

The Mastodon rock is perhaps one of the most incredible features of the underwater Stonehenge. Researchers speculate that the rock is made out of granite, a very hard material. For people to carve something onto this stone, they had to use a tool harder than granite. So the logical question is: What could ancient mankind have used 10.000 years ago to carve something onto a granite rock?

Researchers stress that the marks and lines that make out the mastodon figure were precisely carved, the lines were not just “scratched” onto the rock.

Mark Holley & Mastadon stone.

The incredible rock formation and the correctly aligned stones circles clearly indicate a man-made structure. The areas around Michigan are a witness of early human presence in the American continent which is believed to date back over 25.000 years. In the distant past, the Lake itself did not exist since an Ice Age ruled over the lands and what is now located at the bottom of one of the five Great Lakes of North America, was once on dry land.

The man responsible for this underwater discovery is Mark Holley, professor of underwater archeology at the Northwestern Michigan College. In 2007, he searched for shipwrecks but found, 12 meters below the surface a series of stones arranged in a circle. Adding to this amazing discovery is a relatively large rock which has, on its surface a depiction of a mastodon, an animal that became extinct around 8000 BC. https://holleyarchaeology.com/index.php/the-truth-about-the-stonehenge-in-lake-michigan/

In the region near Lake Michigan, researchers have previously discovered menhirs and petroglyphs. When the first Europeans arrived in the seventeenth century, they found that Michigan had thousands of prehistoric mounds. Scholars also found “sacred stones” across the geography of the Great Lakes, stones according to the natives were placed by another race who lived there before. Statues and stone idols erected in various parts were discovered weighing over 100 kilograms.

The underwater Stonehenge of Lake Michigan must have been created before the last Ice Age when the lake bed was dry, and that is, according to researchers, over 12.000 years ago, a time that according to history, mankind couldn’t erect such elaborate constructions.

What does this tell us about history? Is this another piece of evidence that points to the fact that history books, as we know them should be rewritten? We believe yes.


Source and reference

Lake Michigan Stonehenge

When trying to decide what to write about, I came across an article that mentioned that there was a structure like Stonehenge recently discovered in Lake Michigan. Structures much like Stonehenge are common, especially in the United Kingdom, so it was interesting to find that there was something similar even closer to home, and underwater none the less. Mark Holly, a professor of underwater archaeology at Northwestern Michigan University  , discovered the site in 2007. The archaeologist was hired to survey the floor of the lake close by to Traverse City using sonar to examine old boat wrecks. They found cars, boats, and a pier from the Civil War era but even more surprising was the underwater structure.

The stones are organized  in a circle 40 below the surface of Lake Michigan and is believed to be at least 10,000 years old. One stone in the outer circle, although still up for debate, appears to have a carving of a mastodon, an animal that closely resembles an elephant that went extinct over 10,000 years ago.

Of course, the logical question is how did the stones end up under one of the largest lakes in the world? The only explanation I could find was that local could have created the structure during the last Ice Age when the lake bed was dry.

The problem is that many specialists want to see the structure themselves to determine its authentically, only most of the experts do not dive so they have reached a problem. Many people question whether the rocks were purposely placed or a random occurrence. Other stone circles have been found in the area so it would not be an unreasonable discovery. There have been few new updates on the status of the stones so it has yet to be determined.

After seeing the stone circle under Lake Michigan, I was curious what other Stonehenge-like structures were located in the area. Beaver Island located in northern Lake Michigan is home of another stone circle. It consists of a group of stones circularly located around a large central stone that contains unusual carvings. The carvings have not been carbon dated or tested to see the time period they come from and little is known about the structure itself. The significance of the circle is still being debated by archaeologist and historians although local Native Americans recall stories of a gathering place in the island where a stone calendar was located. Some people see the circle as a random glacial deposit with no historical significance.

Sources:

https://anthropology.msu.edu/anp264-ss15/2015/03/25/lake-michigan-stonehenge/

http://www.zmescience.com/science/archaeology/stonehenge-under-lake-michigan-3125445/

http://www.repositorybeaverislandstonecircle.com/

A Vision, As Seen by Newman Bulkley 1886

This article was shared with me by my friend Brett Garrett. I had never read this before and I appreciate Brett sharing it with all of us.

A Vision, As Seen by Newman Bulkley
In Springville, Utah, January 8, 1886.
Bloomington, Utah: Printed at the Union Office. 1886.

A Vision as seen by Newman Bulkley, on the night of the 8th of January, 1886, in Springville, Utah—as related by himself.

“I retired to rest about 9 o’clock in the evening. In a short time I drowsed off to sleep, and it seemed as if the spirit of my dead wife was hovering round about me. Suddenly I awoke, and sleep departed from me, and the vision of my mind was opened, and I beheld the members of the Senate of the United States, and while in session, they were hurled from the Hall by an unseen power. They rallied again, and the second time were thrown from the Hall. They rallied the third time, and were again thrown from the Hall with such violence, that a great number of them were killed. All those that remained alive
had the name of Edmunds printed in their foreheads.

Next I saw a whirlwind commence in the centre of the House of Representatives, which increased until it frightened all the members out of the House, and they then scattered to various parts of the United States, and the inhabitants of the City of Washington became frightened, and scattered, until the City became almost desolate.

Then I saw a great tumult commence all over the United States, which ended in a great deal of blood being shed, and a great many of the people that had heard our Elders preach, and had believed what they had heard, but had not had the courage to embrace the Gospel when they heard it, gathered up what little effects they could take with them, and came to this people in the mountains.

Then I saw many thousands of women and children take refuge in the timber, hazel rough, or any place where they could conceal themselves from the turmoil that was going on in the States, and when the word reached this people, of their situation, there were hundreds of the Seventies called upon to go and hunt them up, and bring them to this people in Utah.

Then the Government of the United States patched up their difficulty, and elected a new Congress, which assembled again to do business. The crusade still continued against the Latter-day Saints. Our enemies attributed all their troubles to the Saints, and the crusaders raised such a howl and sent forth their petitions to Congress, that the first business they done, was to order one hundred thousand of the best and most able-bodied men that could be obtained, to come against us.

When this became known to the Saints, instructions were sent forth, for all the inhabitants of the Territory to gather into valleys, as near as possible to the Temples; and the people gathered into Salt Lake, Cache, Utah and Sanpete Counties, and to St. George, until there was a family to nearly every acre of land, and all the country around was filled with our people; and water broke forth, where before there had been no water, so that all the land could be cultivated. I saw also, that all the old men who had honored their priesthood, became spry and young again.

I also saw that the greater number of those that had gone into polygamy for the principle thereof, had to go to prison, while those who had embraced it for lust, escaped, as the officers appeared to care nothing about them. I saw no preparation of any warlike demonstration in the midst of the Saints, but all appeared to have the spirit of peace and contentment; and when the soldiers came near our borders, then the United States officers and all the Gentiles were seized with fearfulness, and left in haste by night and day, until they all got outside of the borders of this people, and united with the soldiers.

Then the army surrounded this people on every side, and there was no possible way of escape. They then raised their standard and sent forth a proclamation, to all who wished to save their lives to come to them for protection. About one third of our men, and as many women as they could persuade to follow them, went over to the army and joined it.
Then I saw the preparations commence for the entire destruction of the Saints, which consisted in their gathering together all the combustible material they could obtain, making a complete wall all around this people. It looked to me to be some fifty feet high, and from six to ten rods wide on the bottom.

During the time of their gathering this combustible material, our people were laboring in the Temples, endowing men with the fullness of the blessings of the Priesthood, setting them apart, and placing them along the borders of the Saints for their protection; and when the enemy had fired their combustibles, these men, endowed with the Holy Priesthood, walked along, like sentinels on their posts, and waved their hands, and the flames, smoke and ashes that were intended for the destruction of the Saints, turned
upon our enemies, and when this combustible matter was consumed and the fire and smoke had cleared away, lo! and behold! the enemies of this people were not to be found.

During all this time, our people were laboring in the Temples day and night, endowing the Elders of Israel with the fullness of the blessings of the Holy Priesthood, until they got the number of fifty thousand endowed. During this time, the Temple in Salt Lake City had been completed, and in one of the rooms situated in one of the towers, Jesus and Joseph, with their council, were setting.

Then preparations were made for the fifty thousand to go down to the Centre Stake of Zion, with Jesus and Joseph at their head, riding in their Chariots of fire. They seemed to be somewhere about from six to ten rods above the earth. While all these scenes had been transpiring, the remnants of the land had gathered in, from all quarters east of the Rocky Mountains, and some had came from South America.

When our brethren passed down to the Centre Stake of Zion, the remnants went forth and redeemed the land of Zion. I saw the foundation of the Temple laid there, which had the appearance of a bright lustre. The Chariots or Pillar of fire, went over the Temple Block and remained above it, shedding forth its light to those below.

When my attention was drawn back again to the mountains, I saw that the young men and middle-aged had been called away upon different missions, and the old men and women and children had to do all the farm work; and all those who were laboring to build up the City of Zion in Jackson County, had to be sustained from these Valleys, with the exception of the remnants of the house of Jacob. The buffalo and other game had returned upon the plains, to feed them until they could be taught the art of
agriculture.

The earth in the Valleys was sanctified and cleansed, so that it brought forth in its strength, and instead of its bringing from 15 to 40 bushels of grain, per acre, it brought forth from 100 to 200 bushels. The water broke forth in parched ground, and all these Valleys were filled with Saints of the Most High, which had gathered in from the Nations of the earth, to be schooled in the Temples that are now built and that will yet be built, to prepare them to go forth to the Centre Stake of Zion.

I saw all this pass before the eyes of my understanding, and when it had passed once, it was repeated again, which occupied about the whole of the night. I turned over and tried to sleep, but sleep had fled from me, and soon it was daylight. I was not asleep, but was awake during the whole time, and I arose, filled with the glory of what I had seen, resting upon me.”

When Newman Bulkley was born on 18 August 1817, in Tioga, New York, United States, his father, Noah Summers Bulkley, was 41 and his mother, Nancy Ann Newman, was 38. He married Jane Draper on 7 January 1844, in Hancock, Illinois, United States. They were the parents of at least 7 sons and 5 daughters. He died on 13 September 1893, in Springville, Utah, Utah, United States, at the age of 76, and was buried in Springville City Cemetery, Springville, Utah, Utah, United States. https://ancestors.familysearch.org/en/KWJX-HBF/newman-bulkley-1817-1893

The Dream of Yellow Face- “His Book”

The Dream of Yellow Face- “His Book”, is a blog about an amazing life experience about the Chief of the Cree Nation when he and his people were given a place to live and hunt in Mountain View, 20 miles east of Cardston, Alberta, Canada on Latter-day Saint property. You will greatly enjoy knowing a bit about Elder Wood, the Cree Nation and the inspirational dream of Chief Yellow Face.

The devoted friendship between Elder Wood and Chief Yellow Face is an impressive story of a strong faith, and amazing example of Christian values in the Cardston, Alberta area of Saints. The first temple outside of the United States was just across the border of Montana, when the Cardston Temple opened in 1923.

You will also see a 1960 video from the Church about this incident. It has a great message, and a fun movie to see from my past.


THE STORY OF CHIEF YELLOWFACE – BY EDWARD J WOOD IS BELOW

Edward J. Wood
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

Edward James Wood (October 27, 1866-April 24, 1956) was a prominent leader of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS Church) in Alberta, Canada and was the founder of Glenwood, Alberta and Hillspring, Alberta.

Wood was born to Mormon parents in Salt Lake City, Utah Territory. At age 21, he was sent to Samoa as a missionary for the LDS Church, where he served from 1888 to 1892. Upon returning to Utah in 1892, Wood married Mary Ann Solomon. In 1896, Wood was again sent to Samoa, this time to be the president of the Samoan Mission of the church.

After Wood returned to Utah in 1898, Charles O. Card invited him to move to Canada in order to take over management of the management of Card’s mercantile store in the Latter-day Saint settlement of Cardston, in the Canadian North West Territories. Wood accepted and moved to Cardston with his family in September 1901.

In 1903, Wood became the president of the Alberta Stake of the LDS Church, which was headquartered in Cardston. In 1906, Wood organized the church’s purchase of the 66,500-acre (269 km2) Cochran Ranch for $6 an acre. On this land, Wood founded the Latter-day Saint settlements of Glenwood (1908) and Hillspring (1910).

In 1923, Wood became the first president of the LDS Church’s Cardston Alberta Temple. He simultaneously served as temple president and stake president until 1942, when he was released from his duties as stake president. In 1948, Wood asked to be released as temple president due to ill health. Shortly thereafter, he was ordained the patriarch of the Alberta Stake, a position he held until his death at age 89. At his death, the president of the LDS Church, David O. McKay, said to apostle Hugh B. Brown, “We have never had a greater President of a Stake than Edward J. Wood.”

Wood was the father of eight children.


The Life of the Cree Indians

“The Cree Indians are a vast tribe of Native Americans who reside in various parts of North America. These locations include the Rocky Mountain and areas along the Atlantic Coast. In Canada, the Cree Indians heavily populate Quebec and Saskatchewan. Similar to other Indian tribes, there are several bands of Cree Indians. These bands consist of the James Bay Cree, Woodland Cree, Plain Cree Indians, etc.

Within Canada, there are over 135 different bands of Cree Indians. Between Canada and the United States, there are approximately 200,000 Cree Indians. Of course, this number is only equivalent to the amount of registered Cree Indians. Hence, the number may be slightly larger.

Cree Indians were a first nation of Canada. Today, several members of the Cree tribes reside on reservations. Within the reservation, each Cree Indian tribe governs themselves separately from the rest of the nation.”
https://kingstonyouthlacrosse.org/about-all/native-american-cree-the-life-of-the-cree-indians.html


My great friend, Mike Lafontaine is a Chippewa/Cree Native American. Here is a picture of his father.

Chief Mel LaFontaine, Ojibway/Chippewa/Cree


THE DREAM OF YELLOW FACE

By President Edward J. Wood President of the Alberta Temple

“About the year 1910, a very fine looking Indian, calling himself Yellow Face, called in Cardston, and said he had with him 20 families of the Cree nation from Eastern Canada, and that they were wandering over the country to find a good trapping country. As they liked the look of this corner of Alberta, they requested permission to camp on some of the vacant lands in our vicinity.

Yellow Face had fairly well educated young men in his company who could talk pretty good English. These acted as interpreters. They had a written language the characters resembling very much the characters seen on the facsimile cuts shown in the Pearl of Great Price. Yellow Face had rather sharp features, a well-shaped forehead, with deep-set eyes. His color was a lighter brown than that of our Blood Indians, he was nearly six feet tall, was very dignified and seemed highly intelligent…Continued below

We directed him and his company to the west section where there were lands with many lakes and plenty of grass for their horses. In a few days, Yellow Face sent word to me that they preferred the upper parts of the Cochrane Ranch lands, [Mountain View, Alberta] and that his company had encamped on the Belly River near the bridge, waiting to hear from me as to their trapping on our Church lands. I sent word that if they would go on the hay lands and do some work in grubbing out a lot of low willows, they might earn a little money that way and also earn the right to do sonic trapping; to which proposal they willingly assented.”

“Mountain View is a hamlet in Alberta, Canada within Cardston County. It is located along Highway 5 approximately 25 kilometres (16 mi) west of Cardston and 20 kilometres (12 mi) east of Waterton Lakes National Park near the United States border. It is also a kickoff point for visitors to Police Outpost Provincial Park, 18 kilometers to the south.” Wikipedia

Continued “They wasted no time, and soon went to the store at Mountain View, a town five miles from their camp, and brought some fine muskrat hides to sell and also some finely beaded moccasins, well tanned rugs, and Indian curios. They did a lot of buying and selling in the Mountain View stores and some trading in Cardston during the trapping season.

While in Mountain View, they seemed very curious about our meetings and asked to attend public services, and also ward reunions of any kind; but while in attend­ance they would talk very little. When the season was about over for trapping, they came and very politely said Goodbye, and seemed to appreciate our allowing them to use the Church lands.

They came back the next year, and again the third year, and traded and acted much as they did before and never seemed to wish to get acquainted with us, until one day near the close of the season, Yellow Face and his Council of Chiefs, comprising the head of each family, making 20 Chiefs, sent to Mountain View for the Church Chief Bishop to come at once to their camp and meet with their Council.

The Bishop went and found them all seated around the edge of the tent, and wondered what they might desire of him. When the Bishop entered, Yellow Face stood up and asked the Bishop to stand in the center of the circle and address them. The Bishop hardly knew what to say, but tried to explain, through their interpreter, the first principles of the Gospel, and other truths he thought they would understand about our revealed Gospel. He spoke over half an hour, and realized they did not seem much interested, so he sat down and talked briefly on local matters, invited them to come to Mountain View to the meetings, and left feeling he had not made much of an impression.

About a week after, they sent for him to come among them again and talk to them once more. He wondered more than ever at their inviting him to talk to them so soon for he knew he had done very little good before. But as he entered the tent he noticed a fine looking Indian woman, whom Yellow Face introduced as his daugh­ter.

The Bishop states that as soon as he saw this woman, the feeling came upon him to talk on the Book of Mormon. Before he began to speak to the assembled Indians, Yellow Face asked him if he had anything new to tell them, saying that they did not care to hear again what he had told them before. When he said he would tell then about a book, every eye was on him and the young woman seemed very nearly white. They all paid marked attention as he spoke and interrupted so frequently through the interpreter, that it was difficult for him to finish. They were much enthused, and pointed for him to be seated where Yellow Face had been sitting, then Yellow Face in his dignified way said he would now tell his story. As he did so every eye was upon him:

“The year before our tribe first came here, I was taken very sick. Some of my Indian friends who had been dead for many years came and told me that I would soon be better, but would get sick again someday, and that I would die, but my family must not think I was dead and bury me, for I was not to be buried until my body was cold all over.

When I woke up, I called my family together and also the Counsel of Five Chiefs (of which I was a member) for our tribe that then lived in Manitoba was large, and I told them of my dream, and they laughed at me and During this time, the Temple in Salt Lake City had been completednot believe it. But, nevertheless, I feared my dream was true.

Time went on, and one day sometime afterward, I was taken very sick, and I at once feared my dream would come true, so I warned my family not to be in a hurry to bury me, even though I died, until they were sure that I was cold all over.

I got weaker and weaker until I left my body, and I went away among a lot of Indians that I knew were dead, some I knew and some I did not know, as they had been dead so long. But they were not dead at all, and told me to die was only to leave the body for your people to take care of, and to come where they were.

As for me, they said that I had to go back and use my body again for several years. THEY SAID I WAS TO GO AMONG THE WHITE PEOPLE UNTIL I FOUND A BOOK THAT TOLD OF THE HISTORY OF THESE DEAD INDIANS WHO WERE NOT DEAD.

I asked them how I would know the people who had the book that would tell my live Indian friends all about who they were and about their dead relatives; and they gave me these five keys:

  1. They will let you camp on their own lands, and trap and hunt.
  2. They will treat you like one of them in your business dealings with them.
  3. They will invite you to their meetings and ask you to speak.
  4. They will invite you to sit with them at their tables to eat.
  5. They will visit you in your camp, and their men will not bother your women nor molest any of you.

When you find this kind of people, have them meet in your Council, and have them tell you what they be­lieve, and they will tell you about this book.

I then woke up and found my wife and my friends had about decided to bury me as I had been dead several days and was cold all over, except a small place over my heart, but when I came back to life and told them where I had been and that our Indian relatives were not dead at all, they wondered at me. And when I told them that I would pick about 20 families and travel until I found the Book, they again wondered, but as they all believed in a God, they said they would follow me.

So in due time we formed our company and started. We made many camps, and traveled many seasons. But there are not many people who are true friends of the Indian; and it was hard to find a people who answered to the five keys until we landed among you.”

Yellow Face had grown quite eloquent in telling of his wonderful experience among the dead-yet-living Indians, as he termed them, and before he sat down, he asked for the Book. The Bishop went and got a Book of Mormon and gave it to him. He took it as though it had always belonged to him, and said to the Bishop that it was his Book because it was the history of his people, both of the dead and of the living.

After this very interesting experience of the Bishop, I met Yellow Face at the home of the Bishop and he told us of how he had watched us and of his sitting by my side at a certain reunion of the ward the year before, and of how he had taken note of our treatment of him, and of his great surprise when I told him his company could camp on the Church lands, and of his object in camping on the main road, so that all of our people going to and from several of our main wards, had to pass through this Indian village, and of his coming the three times—a year apart—as he wanted to see if we would change in our treatment of his company. He also told us of many principles of religion that he said his tribe believed in, which were very interesting to us.

He then took the Book of Mormon, calling it their long lost Book, and wrapped it among their valuables, which they always carry in a separate buckskin sack, and hang it apart from any other belongings on a tripod in front of the head Chief’s lodge. These articles are held sacred by the tribe and are exhibited only on rare occasions.

Yellow Face and his company now seemed satisfied, and having no further desire to stay among us, soon left. We heard many times afterward of how they would camp along the highways, and Yellow Face would take his own interpreter and call upon a family, and would hand “His Book” to the family and ask them to read it for him. We heard of this being done and the Book being read to him by many people who wondered at what the book contained, and seemed quite interested when he would tell them it was the history of his people. Source

A Chosen People (1960) – Intended for young Indians, this tells the true story of an Indian Chief who dreams about a people who have a record of his ancestors. Based on an incident taken from the diary of President Edward J. Woods (1866-1956).

Edward J. Wood Gave All to Cardston

After Charles and Zina Card, there is perhaps no individual with a more prominent role in the history of Cardston, Alberta, than Edward J. Wood.

Born in Salt Lake City in 1866, Wood had already proved his devotion to the Lord by the time he arrived in Cardston in 1901. At the age of 21, after becoming engaged to be married, he was called on a mission to the Samoan Islands, delaying his marriage several years. He returned in 1892 and married Mary Ann Solomon, and they already had two children in 1896 when he was again called to Samoa. This time, at the age of 29, he served as mission president there for two years without his wife and family.

Edward J. Wood, Cardston Alberta Temple President 1939.

A year after his return, family members who had moved to Alberta, Canada, convinced Edward and Mary Ann to join them, and by September 1901 the Woods had arrived in Cardston. The town’s aging founder, Charles O. Card, invited Edward to assume management of the Cardston Mercantile, and Wood soon also found himself heavily engaged in Church work there.

Beginning with missionary work among less active members , in his first year Wood also served as Sunday School president and before long was called as the second counselor in the Cardston Stake presidency. Less than a year later – and less than two years after his arrival in Canada – Edward Wood was called to preside over the newly created Alberta Stake.

In addition to his leadership, Wood was also responsible for the colonization of 67,000 acres of Church land northwest of Cardston. He oversaw surveys of the land, identified town sites, and was the Church’s agent in selling the land. The towns of Glenwood and Hill Spring were the result of his labors.

Cardston Temple Workers 1938

When the Church built a tabernacle in Cardston, they asked Wood to oversee its construction. Plans for a temple soon followed, and Wood was again called upon to chair the committee that oversaw its construction. When the temple was finished in 1923, Wood was called as its president. Having already served twenty years as the stake president, Wood filled both roles for another nineteen years, until he was released from his stake duties at the age of 76. It would be another six years before he was released, in 1948, as the president of the Cardston Temple. Before long, he was called to be the patriarch of the Alberta Stake. Wood died in 1956, just half a year shy of his 90th birthday. https://history.churchofjesuschrist.org/content/historic-sites/cardston/alberta/edward-wood-cardston-alberta?lang=eng

More about Edward J. Wood

https://www.findagrave.com/memorial/54923145/edward-james-wood

https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/ensign/1988/09/edward-j-wood-faith-personified?lang=eng

The “Plains” of the Heartland! NEW Evidence of North American Geography

NEW INFORMATION TO STRENGTHEN HEARTLAND GEOGRAPHY
The Plains of the Heartland! The Most Sacred Land!

WARNING: This is a long article. Only the brave need to move forward.


As I continue to look and research, I feel strongly that the most sacred and blessed land in the Promised Land of the United States which in my opinion should be called, “The Plains of the Heartland.” These plains are located in the United States Central Lowlands, roaming from the cradle of civilization where Adam dwelt near Independence, MO, all the way to Kirtland, Ohio, where the first Temple of the Restoration was dedicated. It spans 800 miles of sacred land I now call, “The Plains of the Heartland” (See map below)

Sacred Plains of the Nephites. Nephihah and Bountiful/Mulek

Why are the Plains of the Nephite Heartlands so sacred? It is where life began where Adam was placed on these plains, and it will end where the New Jerusalem will be built at that same location. It was on these Plains that Joseph saw in vision, and said in a letter to Emma that he was, “wandering over the plains of the Nephites, recounting occasionally the history of the Book of Mormon, roving over the mounds of that once beloved people of the Lord, picking up their skulls & their bones, as a proof of its divine authenticity…” JSP

These Plains are where Captain Moroni at age 25, takes over the Nephite armies in 74 BC and he begins his defense on the Plains of the Nephites. Moroni will also travel over the Plains of Nephihah and the Plains of Bountiful/Mulek during their defense of freedom for our blessed country.

Captain Moroni commands the Lamanites to make a covenant of peace or be destroyed. Moroni said, “I command you by all the desires which ye have for life, that ye deliver up your weapons of war unto us, and we will seek not your blood, but we will spare your lives, if ye will go your way and come not again to war against us.” Alma 44:6

In about 73 BC, Captain Moroni made that sacred oath with God we are very familiar with. We read in Alma 46:22, “Now this was the covenant which they made, and they cast their garments at the feet of Moroni, saying: We covenant with our God, that we shall be destroyed, even as our brethren in the land northward, if we shall fall into transgression; yea, he may cast us at the feet of our enemies, even as we have cast our garments at thy feet to be trodden under foot, if we shall fall into transgression.

Moroni said unto them: Behold, we are a remnant of the seed of Jacob; yea, we are a remnant of the seed of Joseph, whose coat was rent by his brethren into many pieces; yea, and now behold, let us remember to keep the commandments of God, or our garments shall be rent by our brethren, and we be cast into prison, or be sold, or be slain.” Alma 46:22-23

On the Plains between Mulek [Ft. Wayne Indiana?] and Bountiful [Newark, Ohio?], Captain Moroni, Teancum, and Lehi defeated Jacob and defended the City Bountiful for the Nephites in 65 BC (Alma 52:20). Therefore, Captain Moroni takes the city of Mulek by stratagem, Alma 52:21–26. See Plain #4 on map below

It was also on the plains of Nephihah where Pahoran and Moroni retook Nephihah in 62 BC (Alma 62:18). Then, Moroni takes the city of Nephihah, Alma 62:18–26. And, after fortifying Nephite lands, Moroni yields command of the army to his son Moronihah. Alma 62:42–43. We also see “Helaman and his brethren went forth, and did declare the word of God with much power unto the convincing of many people of their wickedness, which did cause them to repent of their sins and to be baptized unto the Lord their God.” Alma 62:45.

The blood of Captain Moroni and thousands of righteous saints was lost, on these very plains where Nephites battled for the their freedom. Sacred freedom is always worth fighting for, defending, and even sacrificing our very life.

Far West a Holy Consecrated Place

“To his steady drum roll about the Indian and his destiny, [WW] Phelps added his view of the land west of the Missouri settlements, which he called the “Far West.” Wasn’t this, the editor wondered, the land of the covenant, where the Book of Mormon Jaredites and Nephites had once roamed before meeting their destruction? While the world would never prize the area because of its want of timber and mill seats, Deity had a different view.

This land was Zion, he argued, the land of Joseph, the receptacle of “the chief things of the ancient mountains, and for the precious things of the lasting hills.” In a few sentences, Phelps wove together some of the images that Joseph Smith had been using when speaking of the western Zion and the soon-to-be redeemed Indian 47” (47 Evening and the Morning Star 1 (October 1832): 137] Phelps was citing Deuteronomy 3313-17 The editor later would help select Mormon settlement sites in Daviess County and may have had a role in choosing the name of the region’s most prominent town, Far West, thus giving another expression to his fascination with the western region).” SEEKING THE “REMNANT”: THE NATIVE AMERICAN DURING THE JOSEPH SMITH PERIOD Ronald W Walker

Nephitish Altar

George W. Robinson, a scribe of Joseph Smith who was with him at the time, writes: “We next kept [traveling] up the river mostly in the timber for ten miles, until we came to Colonel Lyman Wright’s who lives at the foot of Tower Hill. A name appropriated by President Smith in consequence of the remains of an old Nephitish Altar and Tower where we camped for the Sabbath.” (Scott H. Faulring ed., An American Prophet’s Record: The Diaries and Journals of Joseph Smith, SLC: Signature Books, 1989, p. 184.)  1838 Joseph Smith, Jr. History of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, 3:34-35 Quoted in  Step by Step through the Book of Mormon by Alan C. Miner

So what did Robinson mean when he said they discovered the remains of a “Nephtish” structure? It is important to note that the early Latter-day Saints clearly believed that the native North American tribes were descendants of the earlier Nephite-Lamanite civilization. With this belief, Robinson probably used the word “Nephitish” to indicate that the structure or altar was built by, or originated with, the North American Indians. He may have also used “Nephitish” to mean that the altar was of ancient origin. Therefore, what Robinson was attempting to describe were the remains of what appeared to be a sacred altar structure erected by early Native Americans.”  (Alexander L. Baugh, “Joseph Smith in Northern Missouri,” in Joseph Smith, the Prophet and Seer, ed. Richard Neitzel Holzapfel and Kent P. Jackson (Provo, UT: Religious Studies Center, Brigham Young University; Salt Lake City: Deseret Book, 2010), 291–346.)

The Spot where Cain killed Abel.

“In connection with President McKay’s visit at Far West, it is to be noted that while there the President appeared somewhat overwhelmed. The place made a deep impression upon him; so much so that he referred to Far West a number of times in the ensuing days as a place of deep impression.

“The feeling that President McKay had at Far West registered upon me once again, but now with greater impact. The events that transpired there are significant: (a) The Lord proclaimed Far West a holy and consecrated land unto him, declaring to Joseph Smith that the very ground he stood on there was holy. (b) The Prophet Joseph Smith contended with the devil face to face for some time, upon the occasion of the power of evil menacing one of his children in the Prophet’s home just west of the temple site. Lucifer declared that Joseph had no right to be there, that this was his place. Whereupon the Prophet rebuked Satan in the name of the Lord, and he departed and did not touch the child again. (c) The overwhelming feeling that President McKay had when he visited this sacred place.

“The Answer: I have often pondered the holy significance of Far West, and even more so since President McKay’s visit. The sacredness of Far West, Missouri, is no doubt due to the understanding that the Prophet Joseph Smith conveyed to the brethren, at these early times, that Adam-ondi-Ahman, the place to which Adam and Eve fled when cast out of the Garden of Eden, is where Adam erected an altar unto God, and offered sacrifices, and that Far West was the spot where Cain killed Abel.

“This information tends to explain why the Lord declared Far West to be a holy consecrated place; and no doubt explains why Satan claimed that place as his own, as it was here that he entered into a covenant with Cain, resulting in the death of Abel, the first of mortal existence [to die] upon this earth.

“It would appear that President McKay while there felt the spirit and significance of this holy place.” The Life of Joseph Fielding Smith, p.340

Holy Kirtland Temple

With Willard Richards acting as scribe, Joseph Smith gave a revelation on Aug. 2, 1833, “And again, verily I say unto you, my friends, a commandment I give unto you, that ye shall commence a work of laying out and preparing a beginning and foundation of the city of the stake of Zion, here in the land of Kirtland, beginning at my house…

On March 27, 1836, Joseph Smith gave the dedicatory prayer for the temple, which he said was given to him by revelation. This dedicatory prayer is now found in D&C 109.” Source

“The Bible tells us that the original followers of Jesus, known as ‘saints,’ gathered at the Temple in Jerusalem; the Latter Day Saints mirrored their experience by building the Kirtland Temple where they, too, could tarry until they were endowed or clothed with the Holy Spirit (Luke 24:49).  They felt this endowment was necessary so they could then go forth into the world filled with the Spirit to share the message of Jesus Christ.” Source

Elder Alvin R. Dyer, whom President McKay subsequently ordained an apostle and later set apart as a counselor in the church presidency, offered some interesting after-thoughts on Far West:

Plains of Olaha Shinehah/Adam-ondi-Ahman

“The editor [Bruce R. McConkie] later would help select Mormon settlement sites in Daviess County and may have had a role in choosing the name of the region’s most prominent town, Far West, thus giving another expression to his fascination with the western region. “Certain lands were given to Israel for an inheritance in time and in eternity. America is the land of Joseph; it was the home of Nephite Israel, who were of Joseph, for a thousand years, and it is the headquarters of the Church in this final dispensation in which the church and kingdom of God are in the hands of Ephraim.” (McConkie, Bruce R., A New Witness for the Articles of Faith [1985], 511.)

But one of the most sacred events that happened on the Plains of Olaha Shinehah was,  three years before his death, Adam gathered his righteous posterity in Adam-ondi-Ahman and blessed them, “and the Lord appeared unto them” (see D&C 107:53–56). Before the Millennium, another important meeting will occur in Adam-ondi-Ahman, during which the Savior and Adam and other prophets will gather with righteous Church members (see D&C 27:5–14Daniel 7:13–14, 22). Here we learn the Plains of Olaha Shinehah or the “place where Adam dwelt” is one of the most Holy sites in the history of this Earth. All of this happened or will happen on the “Plains of the Heartland”.

Proof of its Divine Authenticity/Zelph

Zelph’s skeleton was found near Valley City, Illinois by Zion’s camp members in 1834 and in vision Joseph called his name Zelph and his great prophet was named Onandagus, and the mound referred in history is Naples Russell Mound 8. It is upon the “Plains of Nephi”

“The whole of our journey, in the midst of so large a company of social honest and sincere men, wandering over the plains of the Nephites, recounting occasionally the history of the Book of Mormon, roving over the mounds of that once beloved people of the Lord, picking up their skulls & their bones, as a proof of its divine authenticity… During our travels we visited several of the mounds which had been thrown up by the ancient inhabitants of this country-Nephites, Lamanites, etc.” Joseph Smith Papers Letter to Emma Smith, 4 June 1834 Page 56

“Before breaking camp the morning of June 3, the Prophet Joseph Smith, accompanied by several of the men, went to observe a large mound which was located approximately one mile below the Phillip’s Ferry crossing. It was of unusual size and lay within the proximity of a number of smaller mounds. Heber C. Kimball and Wilford Woodruff recorded in their journals that the mound was one hundred feet high and three hundred feet above the level of the river. The height of the mound enabled the men to look over the tops of the trees and view the surrounding area. At the crest of the mound, human bones were strewn around the base of what appeared to be a three-tiered altar. Heber C. Kimball wrote that the arrangement of the stones resembled the ancient order or altars..

The men were curious about the area, the mounds, and particularly about the scattered bones. As they began to descend  the mound, Joseph Smith suddenly stopped, pointed to the ground, and said, “Brethren, dig in there.”  When the earth had been removed to the depth of one or two feet, the men found the skeleton of a large man.  Journal accounts state that, “the bones were all there and in a good state of preservation.”  Buried in the backbone, between the ribs of the man was a stone arrowhead which Milton Holmes took.  Examining the skeleton more closely, it was noted that one of the thigh bones had been previously broken and knitted together.  The thigh bones and the arrowhead were taken back to camp and placed in Wilford Woodruff’s wagon.  The skeleton was unusually large .  It was estimated to be over eight feet tall.James L. Bradley, Zion’s Camp 1834: Prelude to the Civil War (Salt Lake City: Publishers Press, 1990), p. 207.

“On the top of the mound were stones which presented the appearance of three altars having been erected one above the other, according to the ancient order; and the remains of bones were strewn over the surface of the ground. The brethren procured a shovel and a hoe, and removing the earth to the depth of about one foot, discovered the skeleton of a man, almost entire, and between his ribs the stone point of a Lamanitish arrow, which evidently produced his death. Elder Burr Riggs retained the arrow.

The contemplation of the scenery around us produced peculiar sensations in our bosoms; and subsequently the visions of the past being opened to my understanding by the Spirit of the Almighty, I discovered that the person whose skeleton was before us was a white Lamanite, a large, thick-set man, and a man of God. His name was Zelph. He was a warrior and chieftain under the great prophet Onandagus, who was known from the Hill Cumorah, or eastern sea to the Rocky mountains. The curse was taken from Zelph, or, at least, in part-one of his thigh bones was broken by a stone flung from a sling, while in battle, years before his death. He was killed in battle by the arrow found among his ribs, during the last great struggle of the Lamanites and Nephites.” Joseph Smith Papers History, 1838–1856, volume A-1 [23 December 1805–30 August 1834], Page 483

President Wilford Woodruff warned: “I will here say that God has inspired me to keep a Journal History of this Church, and I warn the future Historians to give Credence to my History of this Church and Kingdom; for my Testimony is true, and the truth of its record will be manifest in the world to Come.” (Journal of Wilford Woodruff, 6 July 1877, Historical Department, The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints; emphasis added. Spelling and punctuation have been standardized.)  The Mantle Is Far, Far Greater Than the Intellect Elder Boyd K. Packer

Manti in the Book of Mormon/Huntsville, MO

Joseph Smith accompanied several Church members in exploring the area around Lyman Wight’s northern Missouri home. In his journal, A. Jenson wrote: “The [Kirtland] camp passed through Huntsville, in Randolph County, which has been appointed as one of the stakes of Zion, and is the ancient site of the City of Manti.” A. Jenson, Historical Record, Book 1, p. 601 Millennial Star 16:296


 

Chiasmus represented as an “X” structure. When read left to right, top to bottom, the first topic (A) is reiterated as the last, and the middle concept (B) appears twice in succession.

Inverted Parallels & Chiasmus on the Plains of the Heartland

1. The Nephites and Mulekites after settling in Zarahemla, traveled West to East in their LAST days, which is opposite of the travels of the restored LDS Church which went from the East (NY) to the West (Nauvoo). A form of Chiasmus. 2. Chiasmus is an inverted parallel structure in which a series of thoughts or movements are repeated in reverse order. (See Moroni’s America Chapter 4)


Chiasmus: (Latin term from Greek χίασμα, “crossing” and from the Greek χιάζω, chiázō, “to shape like the letter Χ”) is the figure of speech in which two or more clauses are related to each other through a reversal of  structures in order to make a larger point; that is, the clauses display inverted parallelism. Chiasmus was particularly popular in the literature of the ancient world, including Hebrew, Greek, and Latin, where it was used to articulate the balance of order within the text. The elements of simple chiasmus are often labeled in the form A B B’ A’, where the letters correspond to grammar, words, or meaning. (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chiasmus)

See my blog here for more about Chiasmus

Journey Chiasms

From New Jerusalem to the 100 BC Earthworks of Newark, Ohio, are these same “Plains of the Heartland.” From Joseph’s letter to Emma in Atlas, Illinois to where Emma was residing on that date of June 4, 1834 in Kirtland, Ohio, these are also “Plains of the Heartland.” If fact it seems these Plains were traveled so often by so many, it has been a clear route within the heartland geography.

Many Travels on the Plains of the Heartland

West to East
Garden of Eden to Hill Cumorah
New Jerusalem to Ontario New York
Adam-Ondi-Ahman to Kirtland Ohio
Zarahemla (Mormon/s Final Battles) to Cumorah
From Liberty MO to Kirtland Ohio
Zarahemla to Nephite Battles in MO, IL, IN, OH, PA, to NY

East to West
Cumorah (Young Mormon’s Journey) to Zarahemla (Montrose Iowa) (Mormon 1:6)
Kirtland, OH (LDS Church Migration) to Fishing River, MO Kirtland Camp to Missouri 1838
Atlas, Illinois (Emma’s Letter) to Kirtland Ohio
Zion’s Camp Kirtland to Missouri

Where are the PLAINS in the JUNGLES of Mesoamerica?

Can there be any Doubt. Nephites in the Heartland of America?

“We see through the light of revelation that the wicked of this nation will someday be destroyed in that very area, [Cumorah] repeating the same pattern over and over again.  The Nephites were destroyed there.  The Jaredites were destroyed there.  Will our nation go to Mexico to be destroyed at Cumorah?  Of course not.  Can there be any doubt that these lakes referred to are the Great Lakes?  Brigham Young said: This book, which contained these things, was hid in the earth by Moroni, in a hill called by him, Cumorah, which hill is now in the state of New York, near the village of Palmyra, in Ontario County.” Cheesman, Paul R., 1978, The World of the Book of Mormon, Horizon Publishers, Bountiful, Utah, p. 24

Where did the Nephites specifically Live?

Jungles of Mesoamerica, or the Plains of the United States? Did they live on the Promised Land of America, or on a land somewhere else that may be nice, but wasn’t chosen as the Promised Land? “The United States is the promised land foretold in the Book of Mormon—a place where divine guidance directed inspired men to create the conditions necessary for the Restoration of the gospel of Jesus Christ.” Elder L. Tom Perry Ensign Dec. 2012

Heartland Key Locations

As a Heartlander, I can now zone in on where many of the specific events happened in North America. What does the Book of Mormon text tell me? My key locations for the Nephites is the Hill Cumorah in Ontario, NY(D&C 128:20) and the City of Zarahemla (D&C 125:3) near Montrose, Iowa. Another very critical key location on the map is the “Plains of the Nephites” (Follow Zion’s Camp from the Mississippi River at Atlas Illinois all the way to Kirtland, Ohio. See bright green plains above).

Now I add two more key locations of the Nephites. The Plains of Nephihah,  and the plains of Olaha Shinehah, are these two more important key locations which I discuss today in this blog.

Very New Information (April 2024)

Let’s tie together, these 4-Plains of the Heartland:
1- PLAINS OF OLAHA SHINEHAH, D&C 117:8 Independence & Adam-Ondi-Ahman, MO
2- PLAINS OF THE NEPHITES Emma’s Letter[JSP] Atlas, IL to Kirtland OH
3- PLAINS OF NEPHIHAH Alma 62:18 Springfield, IL to Indianapolis, IN
4- PLAINS OF BOUNTIFUL Alma 52:20 Fort Wayne, IN to Newark, OH

Where would the Nephites have lived, and why, and what archaeology may validate it? What would be the best places of defense or where to build a fort? How important to have high places where you could see your enemy? What method of transportation would be best, walking or canoe? Where to build a city and live for long periods of time because of the nearby agricultural land or type of soil? What long term trading paths existed to share goods from all over the United States? ” Would they fight in the Jungles of Mesoamerican or on the “Plains” of the United States? I’m excited to share NEW information about my discovery of the important “Plains found between two Book of Mormon cities“, in Alma 52:20 and also the show you the importance of D&C 117:8 with the “Plains of Olaha Shinehah

New Geography about the Plains of Nephihah

In this blog I discuss a very amazing discovery. I may have found where the “Plains of Nephihah”(Alma 62:18), are located in the USA, where the “Plains between the two cities”, are located in the USA (Alma 52:20), are located, and I will tie them into what we all know about, where the “Plains of the Nephites” are located that Joseph Smith identified.

“Two named Plains of the Book of Mormon and one from Joseph, and one from Adam, and they all four are in the same general location of successive plains. Between the City Bountiful (Newark, Ohio) and the city of Mulek (Fort Wayne, Indiana). I call these the “Plains of Bountiful” or the Plains of Mulek.” Read on and explore with me.

Alma 52:9,11-13, 21-22, 26-27, 31 About Nephihah

9 And he also sent orders unto him that he should fortify the land Bountiful, and secure the narrow pass which led into the land northward, lest the Lamanites should obtain that point and should have power to harass them on every side.
11 And he also said unto him, I would come unto you, but behold, the Lamanites are upon us in the borders of the land by the west sea; and behold, I go against them, therefore I cannot come unto you.
12 Now, the king (Ammoron) had departed out of the land of Zarahemla, and had made known unto the queen concerning the death of his brother, and had gathered together a large number of men, and had marched forth against the Nephites on the borders by the west sea.
13 And thus he was endeavoring to harass the Nephites, and to draw away a part of their forces to that part of the land, while he had commanded those whom he had left to possess the cities which he had taken, that they should also harass the Nephites on the borders by the east sea, and should take possession of their lands as much as it was in their power, according to the power of their armies.”
20 And it came to pass they sent embassies to the army of the Lamanites, which protected the city of Mulek, to their leader, whose name was Jacob, desiring him that he would come out with his armies to meet them upon the plains between the two cities. But behold, Jacob, who was a Zoramite, would not come out with his army to meet them upon the plains.
21 And it came to pass that Moroni, having no hopes of meeting them upon fair grounds, therefore, he resolved upon a plan that he might decoy the Lamanites out of their strongholds.
22 Therefore he caused that Teancum should take a small number of men and march down near the seashore; and Moroni and his army, by night, marched in the wilderness, on the west of the city Mulek; and thus, on the morrow, when the guards of the Lamanites had discovered Teancum, they ran and told it unto Jacob, their leader.
26 And thus Moroni had obtained possession of the city Mulek with a part of his army, while he marched with the remainder to meet the Lamanites when they should return from the pursuit of Teancum.
27 And it came to pass that the Lamanites did pursue Teancum until they came near the city Bountiful, and then they were met by Lehi and a small army, which had been left to protect the city Bountiful.
31 And it came to pass that before the Lamanites had retreated far they were surrounded by the Nephites, by the men of Moroni on one hand, and the men of Lehi on the other, all of whom were fresh and full of strength; but the Lamanites were wearied because of their long march.

Summary of Alma 52

Lehi protects Bountiful. Teancum leaves Bountiful near seashore, to draw out the Lamanites. The Lamanites leave City of Mulek onto the Plains to overtake Teancum. Moroni overtakes City of Mulek from the west. Lehi leaves Bountiful to force Lamanites to retreat to Mulek. Moroni and Lehi surround Lamanites and defeat them on the Plains. The black dotted line is the St. Lawrence Divide which is the highest point that divides the plains. On this Divide, rain that falls on the divide will run either north or south when forming two opposite direction rivers.

Teancum stays on this higher ground most likely. This is also one of “three necks” spoken of as separate places in the Book of Mormon. This neck is called “The Narrow Neck” Alma 63:5, where later Hagoth sails his ships up Lake Michigan. See yellow on map below.


Plains Between Mulek and Bountiful

Mulek. Occupied by Jacob and the Lamanites Bountiful. Occupied by Teancum and Lehi Land Bountiful west wilderness of Mulek, Moroni was stationed.

In Alma 52:20 we read,  “And it came to pass they sent embassies to the army of the Lamanites, which protected the city of Mulek, to their leader, whose name was Jacob, desiring him that he would come out with his armies to meet them upon the plains between the two cities.” What two cities? Three verses earlier in Alma 17, you will read the names of these two cities. Alma 52:17 “And it came to pass that Teancum made preparations to make an attack upon the city of Mulek [Ft. Wayne Indiana?], and march forth with his army against the Lamanites; but he saw that it was impossible that he could overpower them while they were in their fortifications; therefore he abandoned his designs and returned again to the city Bountiful [Newark, Ohio?], to wait for the coming of Moroni, that he might receive strength to his army.

Evaluating the Research

I was reading and researching last week and came upon something I thought was very significant. I was reading the wonderful quote of Joseph Smith while on Zion’s Camp march, in a letter to his wife Emma, that says, “Wandering over the Plains of the Nephites.” Joseph wrote this letter on the Banks of the Mississippi River near Atlas, Illinois.

The map shows you how green and forested “plains” are in Mesoamerica. Not fit for battle.

I began researching to see what other Geography theorists said about the word, “plains“, and how did they define it? I came across a site called, Book of Mormon Info, by Aric Turner. They believe in a Mesoamerican Geography. They had some good information about “plainshere, although they spoke about the Mesoamerican setting as you see in their map left. I have used some of their information and made it relate to the Heartland Geography. I learned from them in Alma 52:20 that said, he would come out with his armies to meet them upon the plains, between the two cities.” This could be called the “plains” between Mulek and Bountiful.”

Understanding that in my Heartland Model, I feel strongly the “Plains” refer to North America and not Mesoamerica. I think of the Great Plains of the United States and I only think of Jungles in Mesoamerica. I discuss and evaluate that later.

This shows you how “plains” show up as black on this USA map. See the Plains of the Nephites in the Zarahemla circle? See the “Great Plains” in the Heartland of the USA?

These plains in Alma 52:20 that are quoted above, I never remembered hearing about them before, which opened up this research. I thought, how could two men come out with their armies upon the “plains” if there were a bunch of trees, jungle and shrubs around? They couldn’t. So, I believe I have found another plausible witness that the word “plains” as mentioned in the Book of Mormon follows the Heartland definition of grasslands or prairies, which validates my belief that the geography of the Book of Mormon was in the Heartland of the United States. (I encourage you to read the other theorists websites, as you may lean many other interesting things).

In another blog titled, “BofM- Jungles of Mayans or Plains of Nephites”, I ask the question again, how can the cities of Nephites in North America be hidden in plain sight, as many people have said? Yes in plain sight, just not to me and millions of others.

The Word “Plains”

This blog will explain to you about the word “Plains” found in the Book of Mormon record. In the Triple Combination Study Help it gives these “Plains” references:

Plains

Additional “Plains” in the Book of Mormon

D&C 117:8 “Is there not room enough on the mountains of Adam-ondi-Ahman, and on the plains of Olaha Shinehah, or the land where Adam dwelt, that you should covet that which is but the drop, and neglect the more weighty matters?”

What did the Lord tell us about “property” in verses 5–8? (The phrase “the plains of Olaha Shinehah” refers to the land surrounding Adam-ondi-Ahman.)

Read the section heading for Doctrine and Covenants 116 and Doctrine and Covenants 116:1. What is the name of the place the Prophet Joseph Smith explored? Spring Hill, Missouri! What did the Lord reveal about Spring Hill, Missouri?

Three years before his death, Adam gathered his righteous posterity in Adam-ondi-Ahman and blessed them, “and the Lord appeared unto them” (see D&C 107:53–56). Before the Millennium, another important meeting will occur in Adam-ondi-Ahman, during which the Savior and Adam and other prophets will gather with righteous Church members (see D&C 27:5–14Daniel 7:13–14, 22). Here we learn the Plains of Olaha Shinehah or the “place where Adam dwelt” is one of the most Holy sites in the history of this Earth. This is why knowing more about the Plains of Olaha Shinehah, and knowing more about it, is so critical to our understanding of the Gospel.

Key and Sacred Heartland Geography

By understanding that the Plains of Olaha Shinehah, the Plains of the Nephites, the Plains of Nephihah, and the Plains of Bountiful, are all a critical part of the land and geography about the Book of Mormon. The location of these “plains” show there is little doubt about the Book of Mormon events happening in this blessed Heartland of the United States.

Where are the Plains of Olaha Shinehah?

“The plains of Olaha Shinehah, or the place where Adam dwelt,” wrote President Joseph Fielding Smith, “must be a part of, or in the vicinity of Adam-ondi-Ahman.

This name Olaha Shinehah, may be, and in all probability is, from the language of Adam. We may without great controversy believe that this is the name which Adam gave to this place, at least we may venture this as a probable guess. Shinehah, according to the Book of Abraham, is the name given to the sun. (Abraham 3:13.) It is the name applied to Kirtland when the Lord desired in a revelation to hide its identity. (Sec. 82.) Elder Janne M. Sjodahl commenting on the name, Olaha Shinehah, has said: ‘Shinehah means sun, and Olaha is possibly a variant of the word Olea, which is “the moon.” (Abraham 3:13.) If so the plains of Olaha Shinehah would be the Plains of the Moon and the Sun, so called, perhaps because of astronomical observations there made.’ We learn from the writings of Moses that the Lord revealed to the ancients great knowledge concerning the stars, and Abraham by revelations and through the Urim and Thummim received wonderful information concerning the heavens and the governing planets, or stars. It was also revealed by the Prophet Joseph Smith that Methuselah was acquainted with the stars as were others of the antediluvian prophets including Adam. So it may be reasonable that here in this valley important information was made known anciently in relation to the stars of our universe.” (Church History and Modern Revelation, 2:97–98.) D&C 117:8

Doctrine and Covenants 117

The Lord commands William Marks and Newel K. Whitney to leave Kirtland, Ohio, and directs Oliver Granger to settle the First Presidency’s business affairs

Explain that after the Prophet Joseph Smith left Kirtland, Ohio, in January 1838, William Marks was appointed to oversee the Church in Kirtland and to settle Joseph Smith’s and Sidney Rigdon’s debts there. Bishop Newel K. Whitney was in charge of the Church’s businesses and property in Kirtland. These two men were to settle Church affairs in Kirtland and then promptly move with the rest of the Saints to Missouri. However, by July 1838, both men remained in Kirtland. (See The Joseph Smith Papers, Documents, Volume 6: February 1838–August 1839, 191.)

https://www.josephsmithpapers.org/place/olah-shinehah

Manti/Huntsville, MO

ANCIENT CITY OF MANTI IN MISSOURI.

The following account is taken from the history of the travels of the Kirtland Camp: “The camp passed through Huntsville, in Randolph County, which has been appointed as one of the stakes of Zion, and is the ancient site of the City of Manti, and pitched tents at Dark Creek, Salt Licks, seventeen miles. It was reported to the camp that one hundred and ten men had volunteered from Randolph and gone to Far West to settle difficulties.” 1

The following account of the same event is taken from the daily journal of the Kirtland Camp, and was written by Samuel D. Tyler: “September 25, 1838. We passed through Huntsville, Co, seat of Randolph Co, Pop. 450, and three miles further we bought 32 bu. of corn off one of the brethren who resides in this place. There are several of the brethren round about here and this is the ancient site of the City of Manti, which is spoken of in the Book of Mormon and this is appointed one of the Stakes of Zion, and it is in Randolph County, Missouri, three miles west of the county seat. 2 3

  1. Millennial Star, vol. 16, p. 296.
  2. Journal of Samuel D. Tyler, Sept. 25, 1838, filed in Church Historian’s Office.
  3. Joseph Fielding Smith, Doctrines of Salvation, 3 vols., edited by Bruce R. McConkie [Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1954-1956], 3: 239

Jaredite Plains PLAINS OF HESHLON ETHER 13:28
PLAINS OF AGOSH ETHER 14:15

These plains are most likely near Hill Ramah in upstate New York, where the final battles of the Jaredites occurred. Or maybe close to Kirtland Ohio as the battles continued for years northeast toward Hill Ramah.


Plains of the Latter-day Saints

1-Independence, MO: Identified as the center place of Zion (see D&C 57:3). A temple site was dedicated on 3 August 1831. The Saints were driven from here in 1833
2- Fishing River, MO: Joseph Smith and Zion’s Camp traveled from Kirtland, Ohio, to Missouri in 1834 to restore the Jackson County Saints to their land. D&C 105 was revealed on the banks of this river.
3- Far West, MO: This was the largest Mormon settlement in Missouri. A site for a temple was dedicated at this location (see D&C 115). On 8 July 1838, the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles received a call from the Lord to serve missions in the British Isles (see D&C 118). 4- Adam-ondi-Ahman, MO: The Lord identified this place in upper Missouri as the site where a future great gathering will take place when Jesus Christ comes to meet with Adam and his righteous posterity and receive keys (see D&C 78:15; 107:53-57; 116).
5- Liberty Jail, MO: Joseph Smith and others were falsely imprisoned here from December 1838 to April 1839. In the midst of troubled times for the Church, Joseph called on the Lord for direction and received D&C 121-23.
6- Nauvoo, IL: Located on the Mississippi River, this area was the gathering place for the Saints from 1839 through 1846. Here a temple was built, and ordinances such as baptism for the dead, the endowment, and the sealing of families began. Here the Relief Society was organized in 1842. Revelations received include D&C 124-29.
7- Carthage IL: Here the Prophet Joseph Smith and his brother Hyrum were martyred on 27 June 1844 (see D&C 135).
8- Winter Quarters, NE: The headquarters settlement for the Saints (1846-48) en route to the Salt Lake Valley. The Camp of Israel was organized for the westward journey (see D&C 136).
9- Council Bluffs (Kanesville), IA: The First Presidency was sustained here on 27 December 1847, with Brigham Young as President.
10- Ancient City of Manti Randolph, MO: “This is the ancient site of the City of Manti, which is spoken of in the Book of Mormon, and this is appointed one of the Stakes of Zion, and it is in Randolph County, Missouri, three miles west of the county seat.” Joseph Fielding Smith, Doctrines of Salvation, 1954-1956], 3: 239

The following account is taken from the history of the travels of the Kirtland Camp: “The camp passed through Huntsville, in Randolph County, which has been appointed as one of the stakes of Zion, and is the ancient site of the City of Manti, and pitched tents at Dark Creek, Salt Licks, seventeen miles. It was reported to the camp that one hundred and ten men had volunteered from Randolph and gone to Far West to settle difficulties.”

The following account of the same event is taken from the daily journal of the Kirtland Camp, and was written by Samuel D. Tyler: “September 25, 1838. We passed through Huntsville, Co, seat of Randolph Co, Pop. 450, and three miles further we bought 32 bu. of corn off one of the brethren who resides in this place. There are several of the brethren round about here and this is the ancient site of the City of Manti, which is spoken of in the Book of Mormon and this is appointed one of the Stakes of Zion, and it is in Randolph County, Missouri, three miles west of the county seat.  Millennial Star, vol. 16, p. 296.
Journal of Samuel D. Tyler, Sept. 25, 1838, filed in Church Historian’s Office. Joseph Fielding Smith, Doctrines of Salvation, 3 vols., edited by Bruce R. McConkie [Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1954-1956], 3: 239
11-Emma’s Letter from Joseph Smith June 4, 1834, Atlas, IL: “Wandering over the plains of the Nephites, recounting occasionally the history of the Book of Mormon, roving over the mounds of that once beloved people of the Lord, picking up their skulls & their bones, as a proof of its divine authenticity”
12- Zelph Mound June 2, 1834, Valley City, IL: The Prophet Joseph and others ascended a high mound, on the top of which three altars had once stood. On removing some soil, they uncovered a skeleton, between the ribs of which there was an arrowhead. To the Prophet it was later made known that this was the remains of a Lamanite warrior, by the name of Zelph, who served the great Onandagus, a prophet known from the Hill Cumorah to the Rocky Mountains. Zelph was slain during the last struggle between the Lamanites and Nephites.” The Juvenile Instructor, Vol. 60, No. 10 October 1925 Janne M. Sjodahl
13- Alma 62:18 Quincy, IL: ”And it came to pass that when they had sent them away, they pursued their march towards the land of Nephihah. And it came to pass that when they had come to the city of Nephihah, they did pitch their tents in the plains of Nephihah, which is near the city of Nephihah.”
14- Alma 8:3-4 82 BC, St Charles, MO: “And it came to pass in the commencement of the tenth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi, that Alma departed from thence and took his journey over into the land of Melek, on the west of the river Sidon, on the west by the borders of the wilderness. And he began to teach the people in the land of Melek according to the holy order of God, by which he had been called; and he began to teach the people throughout all the land of Melek.”
15- Fishing River On June 19, 1934, MO: “the [Zion Camp] company arrived between the east and west forks of the Fishing River just north of Jackson County. A large mob intent on destroying Zion’s Camp gathered on the other side of the river. The attack was prevented when a fierce storm swept the area and the river quickly rose more than 30 feet, turning the mob away. Joseph declared, “God is in this storm.” History of the Church, 2:104. Several days later, the Prophet received a revelation at the Fishing River, wherein the Lord declared that the time for redeeming Zion had not arrived. He explained that Zion’s Camp had been “brought thus far for a trial of their faith.” D&C 105:19. The company was formally discharged on July 3, 1834.” LDS Historic Sites Zion’s Camp at the Fishing River.

As I conclude, what does the text tell me? My key locations for the Nephites are the Hill Cumorah in Ontario, NY (D&C 128:20) and the City of Zarahemla (D&C 125:3), near Montrose, Iowa. Another key on the map are the “Plains of the Nephites” JSP (Where Joseph wrote his letter to Emma after crossing Indiana and Illinois during Zion’s Camp). So from the Mississippi River at Atlas Illinois all the way to Kirtland, Ohio. both the Nephites and Latter-day Saints traveled. And another very important location is the Plains of Olaha Shinehah, (D&C 117:8) or “the land where Adam dwelt” in Missouri.


Bible Plains PLAINS OF MOREH ABRAHAM 2:17-18

17 Now I, Abraham, built an altar in the land of Jershon, and made an offering unto the Lord, and prayed that the famine might be turned away from my father’s house, that they might not perish.

18 And then we passed from Jershon through the land unto the place of Sechem; it was situated in the plains of Moreh, and we had already come into the borders of the land of the Canaanites, and I offered sacrifice there in the plains of Moreh, and called on the Lord devoutly, because we had already come into the land of this idolatrous nation.

Shechem

“Located in the Hill Country of Ephraim, the city of Shechem played a vital role in the history of Israel. This location, in the middle of the nation, provided the most important crossroads in central Israel. The city lay along the northern end of “The Way of the Patriarchs.” This road, also called the “Ridge Route” (because it followed a key mountain ridge stretching 50 miles south), traveled from Shechem through Shiloh, Bethel/Ai, Ramah, Gibeah, Jerusalem, Bethlehem, and Hebron. This route appears continuously in the Biblical text.”

“Amidst the mountains of Shomron (Samaria) is a four-thousand year old city named Shechem. Very few biblical locales have as rich a history as this storied city. In fact, when the first Jew arrived in the Holy Land, Shechem was his first stop. In this city, also known as Nablus, lie the remains of Joseph, viceroy of Egypt. In recent times, modern-day Jewish heroes have struggled to maintain a Jewish presence in Shechem and Joseph’s Tomb.” Chabad.org

Parallels of the Tribe of Joseph and the Tribe of Judah in the Old World

So in Canaan [Old World], Shechem was in the Land North in the Land of Ephraim and Hebron was in the Land South in the land of Judah. These were the kingdoms of Northern Israel, (Ephraim) and the kingdom of Southern Israel, (Judah). Both brothers of Jacob or Israel and yet both moving in their own direction of Apostasy.

In Cainan (Moses6:17), or the Land of Joseph or the United States has the Land North for the Nephites north above the Ohio River, and the Land South for the Lamanites was south below the Ohio River. (See Map Above) Parallels of the Old World and New World.

Way of the Patriarchs and the Plains of the Nephites.

The Road of the Patriarchs or Way of the Patriarchs (Hebrew: דֶּרֶךְ הֲאָבוֹת Derech haʾAvot Lit. Way (of) the Fathers) is an ancient north–south route traversing the land of Israel and the region of Palestine.[1] The modern Highway 60 (Israel-Palestine) follows roughly the route of the Way of the Patriarchs.[2][3]

The name is used by biblical scholars because of mentions in biblical narratives that it was frequently travelled by Abraham, Isaac and Jacob.[4]

It is also called the Hill Road or the Ridge Route[2] because it follows the watershed ridge line of the Samarian and Judaean Mountains. It runs from Megiddo and Hazor south to Beersheba by way of Shechem,[5] Bethel, Jerusalem, Ephrath and Hebron. Unlike the Via Maris and the King’s Highway which were international roads crossing the territories of many peoples, the Ridge Route was wholly within the territory of ancient Israel.[citation needed] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Way_of_the_Patriarchs

This “Ridge Route” in Samaria or the Way of the Patriarchs, could be equivalent to the “Plains of the Nephites” in Illinois of the New World.

Here we define “Plains” worldwide

“A plain is a broad area of relatively flat land. Plains are one of the major landforms, or types of land, on Earth. They cover more than one-third of the world’s land area. Plains exist on every continent.

Many plains, such as the Great Plains that stretch across much of central North America, are grasslands. A grassland is a region where grass is the main type of vegetation.

In North America, temperate grasslands—those in places with warm summers and cold winters—are often called prairies. In areas with little rain and snow, short grasses grow. In areas that receive more rain and snow, tall grasses can grow 1.5 meters (5 feet) high. However, most tallgrass prairies have been plowed under and are now farmland or pasture.

The Great Plains have supported a wide variety of cultures for thousands of years. The so-called “Plains Indians” are actually more than two dozen tribes. Communities include Blackfoot, native to the Canadian province of Alberta; Arapaho, whose center today is in the U.S. state of Wyoming; and Kickapoo, many of whom live today in the Mexican state of Coahuila.

In Asia and eastern Europe, temperate grasslands are called steppes. Steppes usually do not receive enough rain for tall grasses and trees to grow.

Tropical grasslands are called savannas. Savannas exist in places that are warm throughout the year. They often have scattered trees. Savannas such as the Serengeti plains stretch across much of central Africa. They are also found in Australia, South America, and southern North America.

Not all plains are grasslands. Some, such as Mexico’s Tabasco Plain, are forested. Forested plains have different types of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation.

Deserts can also be plains. Parts of the Sahara, a great desert in North Africa, are plains.

In the Arctic, where the ground is frozen, plains are called tundra. Despite the cold, many plants survive here, including shrubs and moss.” National Geographic

My Conclusion:

In North America and parts of Canada “plains” would be defined as: Grasslands and Prairies. A grassland is a region where grass is the main type of vegetation. In South and Central America “plains” would be defined as: Forested Plains with different trees and shrubs or as Savannahs.

I believe the North American geography with the defined plains, are the best interpretation for the types of land described in the Book of Mormon with reference to “plains.” Perfect land for Buffalo, Horses, domesticated animals and animals who migrate and graze. In Central and South America which are below the equator, are more like Savannah’s and Forested plains with trees and shrubs is more of a jungle type of land for birds and smaller animals, that don’t migrate. In Mesoamerica there are only two animals that migrate, (Turkey and Butterflies). Ether 9:34 which says, “And it came to pass that the people did follow the course of the beasts, and did devour the carcasses of them which fell by the way, until they had devoured them all.” This sounds like buffalo or elk or bear from North America, not small Llamas or Jaguars from Mesoamerica who don’t migrate.


Let’s define more specifically, “Plains” of the United States:

“The Great Plains (French: Grandes Plaines), sometimes simply “the Plains”, is a broad expanse of flatland in North America. It is located west of the Mississippi River and east of the Rocky Mountains, much of it covered in prairie, steppe, and grassland. It is the southern and main part of the Interior Plains, which also include the tallgrass prairie between the Great Lakes and Appalachian Plateau, and the Taiga Plains and Boreal Plains ecozones in Northern Canada. The term Western Plains is used to describe the ecoregion of the Great Plains, or alternatively the western portion of the Great Plains.

The Great Plains lies across both Central United States and Western Canada, encompassing:

The entirety of the U.S. states of Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota and South Dakota; Parts of the U.S. states of Colorado, Iowa, Minnesota, Missouri, Montana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas and Wyoming;

The southern portions of the Canadian provinces of Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba. The term “Great Plains” usually refers specifically to the United States portion of the ecozone while the Canadian portion is known as the Canadian Prairies. In Canada it covers southeastern Alberta, southern Saskatchewan and a narrow band of southwestern Manitoba, these three provinces collectively known as the “Prairie Provinces”. The entire region is known for supporting extensive cattle-ranching and dryland farming.

Grasslands are among the least protected biomes with vast areas having been converted for agricultural purposes and pastures…. In general, the Great Plains have a wide range of weather, with very cold and harsh winters and very hot and humid summers. [Heartland not Mesoamerica] Wind speeds are often very high, especially in winter. “Wikipedia

Any plains in Mesoamerica would not have a wide range of weather and very few whirlwinds if any. Whirlwinds are mentioned in the Book of Mormon often which could be tornados as well. See my blog here for more about whirlwinds and tornados vs volcanoes.

USGS Survey WHAT IS THE GREAT PLAINS?


“The United States has been subdivided into physiographic regions that, although they have great diversity within themselves, are distinctly different from each other (fig. 2). From the Rocky Mountains on the west to the Appalachians on the east, the interior of our country is a vast lowland known as the Interior Plains. These plains are bounded on the south by a region of Interior Highlands, consisting of the Ozark Plateaus and the Ouachita province, and by the Coastal Plain. In the Great Lakes region, the Interior Plains laps onto the most ancient part of the continent, the Superior Upland. West of the Great Lakes it extends far to the north into Canada. Certainly the Rocky Mountains are distinctly different from the region to the east, which is the Great Plains. The Great Plains, then, is the western part of the great Interior Plains. The Rocky Mountains form its western margin. But what determines its eastern margin?

Figure 2.—Physical divisions of the United States and maximum extent of the continental ice sheets during the Great Ice Age. (click on image for an enlargement in a new window)

During the Pleistocene Epoch or Great Ice Age [I don’t trust the aging of the earth], huge glaciers formed in Canada and advanced southward into the great, central, low-lying Interior Plains of the United States. (See figure 2.) These glaciers and their deposits modified the surface of the land they covered, mostly between the Missouri and the Ohio Rivers; they smoothed the contours and gave the land a more subdued aspect that it had before they came. This glacially smoothed and modified land is called the Central Lowland. Although the ice sheets lapped onto the northern part, the Great Plains is the largely unglaciated region that extends from the Gulf Coastal Plain in Texas northward into Canada between the Central Lowland and the foot of the Rocky Mountains. Its eastern margin in Texas and Oklahoma is marked by a prominent escarpment, the Caprock escarpment. Its southern margin, where it abuts the Coastal Plain in Texas, is at another abrupt rise or scarp along the Balcones fault zone.” Source

Where is the Ancient Americas?

First let me speak to the position of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, on their opinion about the geography of the Book of Mormon. Below is their Gospel Topic Essay where it shows their position as, “the Church’s only position is that, “the events the Book of Mormon describes took place in the ancient Americas.” This is understood and I am fine with their position. (I also know these Essay’s were written by historians and scholars who have their own bias and opinions about these matters). Yes, these Essay’s were approved by the Brethren to be shared [Not necessarily read by the leading Brethren but by the Historians and Intellects who they have trusted], but the church remains neutral as to where the geography exactly happened. I personally think the Book of Mormon Geography happened beginning in the Heartland of the United States, with Lehi leaving Oman and landing in Florida. If you were to ask each Prophet and Apostle where they personally think the Book of Mormon Geography happened, more than likely they would have many varying opinions.

Hugh B. Brown said, “And while all members should respect, support, and heed the teachings of the authorities of the church, no one should accept a statement and base his or her testimony upon it, no matter who makes it, until he or she has, under mature examination, found it to be true and worthwhile; then one’s logical deductions may be confirmed by the spirit of revelation to his or her spirit, because real conversion must come from within.” – Apostle Hugh B. Brown, “A Final Testimony,” from An Abundant Life, 1999

I Believe Prophets and Leaders about North America Below

I truly believe with all my head and heart that the Book of Mormon events began in the Heartland of the United States. I agree with President Monson who said, “The Lord gave a divine promise to the ancient inhabitants of this favored country (the United States): ‘Behold, this is a choice land, and whatsoever nation shall possess it shall be free from bondage, and from captivity, and from all other nations under heaven, if they will but serve the God of the land, who is Jesus Christ” (Ether 2:12). Our Heavenly Father inspired the leaders of…the United States of America,that they might together, under His direction, having been raised up by God for the purpose, establish the Constitution of this country and…Bill of Rights, that by the year of our Lord 1805 [there would be] a climate where our Heavenly Father could send into this period of mortality a choice spirit who would be known as Joseph Smith, Jr.” Teachings of Thomas S. Monson by Thomas S. Monson 2011 (Ordained an Apostle, 1963; ordained President of the Church, 2008)

Also Elder McConkie said, “Certain lands were given to Israel for an inheritance in time and in eternity. America is the land of Joseph; it was the home of Nephite Israel, who were of Joseph, for a thousand years, and it is the headquarters of the Church in this final dispensation in which the church and kingdom of God are in the lands of Ephraim.” 1985 – Elder Bruce R. McConkie

Prophets Testify, The Book of Mormon began in North America.

President Benson said, “Nephi then continues his record: And I beheld the Spirit of the Lord, that it was upon the Gentiles [the American colonies] and they did prosper and obtain the land for their inheritance. . . .And it came to pass that I, Nephi, beheld that the Gentiles who had gone forth out of captivity [from Europe] did humble themselves before the Lord; and the power of the Lord was with them. [1 Nephi 13:15, 16]

This refers, of course, to the American colonists… Consider how very fortunate we are to be living in this land of America. Many great events have transpired in this land of destiny. This was the place where Adam dwelt; this was the place where the Garden of Eden was located. It was here that Adam met with a body of great high priests at Adam-ondi-Ahman shortly before his death and gave them his final blessing, and the place to which he will return to meet with the leaders of his people.

This was the place of three former civilizations: Adam’s, the Jaredite, and the Nephite. This was also the place where our Heavenly Father and his Son, Jesus Christ, appeared to Joseph Smith inaugurating this great and last dispensation. The Lord has also decreed that this land should be “the place of the New Jerusalem, which should come down out of heaven, . . . the holy sanctuary of the Lord” (Ether 13:3). Here is our nation’s destiny! To serve God’s eternal purposes and to prepare this land and people for America’s eventual destiny, he “established the Constitution of this land, by the hands of wise men whom [he] raised up unto this very purpose, and redeemed the land by the shedding of blood” (D&C 101:80). The Teachings of Ezra Taft Benson pp. 587-588 https://speeches.byu.edu/talks/ezra-taft-benson_gods-hand-nations-history/

Source: Gospel Topic Essay Here

Stretch Beyond Your Current Spiritual Ability

I have strong opinions that have been formed as personal revelation to me on important subjects. Not doctrine for The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, not absolute truth, as I am only a man of the flesh, but these personal revelations have come as very strong opinions of the spirit that I can’t deny. I only expect you to agree with me, as you feel so personally inspired to do so. I am sharing some things here that are very personal, but I feel many of you may be struggling with some issues or questions yourself that this information may be comforting to you, or allow the spirit to work with you directly about sensitive issues of importance. Some may feel these glimmers of personal revelation are not true to me and not important, but that is only your opinion. I feel this blog is of vital importance to one or many who may read it. I appreciate you listening.

President Nelson said, “I urge you to stretch beyond your current spiritual ability to receive personal revelation, for the Lord has promised that “if thou shalt [seek], thou shalt receive revelation upon revelation, knowledge upon knowledge, that thou mayest know the mysteries and peaceable things—that which bringeth joy, that which bringeth life eternal.” Revelation for the Church, Revelation for Our Lives by President Russell M. Nelson.I trust our Prophet and love him and our Savior.

Book of Mormon Geography Matters

“God intends us to find and use the evidence He has given—reasons, if you will—which affirm the truthfulness of His work….” The Greatness of the Evidence By Elder Jeffrey R. Holland August 16, 2017

More on the “PLAINS of the NEPHITES”

This quote below from the Prophet Joseph Smith, in a letter he sent to his wife Emma in 1834 while he was on Zion’s Camp March, is very true to me.

Wandering over the Plains of the Nephites by Ken Corbett

You can also see the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints has used this quote in Gospel Essay’s above in red, in describing an important truth to consider about the correct geography of the Book of Mormon. The explanation below is the Mesoamerican opinion of the geography about the Book of Mormon which is also found in the Gospel Essay.

I ask you, how can the cities of Nephites in North America be hidden in plain sight, as many people have said? Yes in plain sight, just not to me and millions of others. In North America there are many open spaces and plains and prairie locations for cities without clearing land much at all. There are hundreds of thousands of Indian Mounds in North America, (Map left) that I never even knew about, until 53 years of age. Yet, the mounds, and cities and cultures of the Native Americans in North America were hidden, so to speak from the world in open spaces with thousands of artifacts in museums all over the land? Here is what a Historian said about this map left:
“The most common question that is asked about mounds is, “How many exist?” In the 1800’s the Smithsonian sponsored many expeditions to identify mound sites across America. A map (shown below) was produced by Cyrus Thomas in 1894 in a Bureau of Ethnology book. They found approximately 100,000 mound sites, many with complexes containing 2 to 100 mounds. The figure of 100,000 mounds once existing— based on Cyrus Thomas map revealing 100,000 sites—is often cited by others, but that estimate is far, far too low. After visiting several thousand mounds and reviewing the literature, I am fairly certain that over 1,000,000 mounds once existed and that perhaps 100,000 still exist. Oddly, some new mound sites are discovered each year by archaeological surveys in remote areas. But in truth, a large majority of America’s mounds have been completely destroyed by farming, construction, looting, and deliberate total excavations” – Gregory L. Little, Ed.D., The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Native American Mounds & Earthworks, Eagle Wing Books, Inc., Memphis, TN [2009]. This map has been hidden in plain site since 1894, WOW!
Whereas, in Mesoamerica with jungles and ancient buildings hidden by the thick forests we were taught about in school and science, I certainly knew about the enormous pyramid structures in Mesoamerica. These ruins however seem to be more hidden in jungles and dense forests than the ancient cities of the Heartland of the USA. Why do we know so much about these hidden in the jungle buildings?
Heartland vs Mesoamerica
These ancient pyramids of Mesoamerica once found in about 1840, made the explorers so happy to find a new culture. Many in the Church wanted to tie these pyramids to the Lamanites as they thought it would validate the Book of Mormon in the eyes of gentiles. However many historians dated these pyramids at 600 AD to 900 AD long after the Nephites were destroyed as they knew nothing of the Book of Mormon.
Many saints like Benjamin Winchester and William Smith promoted these Mesoamerican pyramids as if they were signs of the Lamanites living in Mesoamerica. Most historians, made a point saying that the Native Americans were not as smart nor as important as their culture of white settlers. The Natives were just called savages was promoted by the Whites which was a huge lie as we have discovered.
Now I realize there are many historians and intellectuals who love the Native Americans as I do, and there are many who love the culture of Mesoamerica and the beautiful ruins of South America. I just believe political correctness is such, that many wonderful so-called Christians, atheists and ornery Americans just think too much of themselves. As I say, truth is hidden and hard to find evil is not, in other words it is easy to follow Satan and not to follow the Savior. In a simplistic way I believe the truth of North America as the Promised Land of the Book of Mormon has been hidden by a false narrative, and the incorrectness of the Mesoamerican setting has been in full display as the way the world should see it. I sincerely believe our wonderful Prophet Joseph Fielding Smith who spoke truth about USA vs Mesoamerica for the correct location of the Book of Mormon, who said the following.

“…This modernistic theory of necessity, in order to be consistent, must place the waters of Ripliancum and the Hill Cumorah some place within the restricted territory of Central America, notwithstanding the teachings of the Church to the contrary for upwards of 100 years. Because of this theory some members of the Church have become confused and greatly disturbed in their faith in the Book of Mormon. It is for this reason that evidence is here presented to show that it is not only possible that these places could be located as the Church has held during the past century, but that in very deed such is the case… It is known that the Hill Cumorah where the Nephites were destroyed is the hill where the Jaredites were also destroyed. This hill was known to the Jaredites as Ramah. It was approximately near to the waters of Ripliancum, which the Book of Ether says, “by interpretation, is large, or to exceed all… It must be conceded that this description fits perfectly the land of Cumorah in New York, as it has been known since the visitation of Moroni to the Prophet Joseph Smith, for the hill is in the proximity of the Great Lakes and also in the land of many rivers and fountains. Moreover, the Prophet Joseph Smith himself is on record, definitely declaring the present hill called Cumorah to be the exact hill spoken of in the Book of Mormon. Further, the fact that all of his associates from the beginning down have spoken of it as the identical hill where Mormon and Moroni hid the records, must carry some weight. It is difficult for a reasonable person to believe that such men as Oliver Cowdery. Brigham Young, Parley P. Pratt, Orson Pratt, David Whitmer, and many others, could speak frequently of the Spot where the Prophet Joseph Smith obtained the plates as the Hill Cumorah, and not be corrected by the Prophet, if that were not the fact. That they did speak of this hill in the days of the Prophet in this definite manner is an established record of history.” Doctrines of Salvation Joseph Fielding Smith Chapter 12 Is this man lying? Is he pretending? Is he misquoted? Is this just an opinion or is it his personal revelation? I have read and studied a lot, but not even close to the amount of time Elder Smith did, but I have to come to the same conclusion as he and Elder Perry I repeat who said, “The United States is the promised land foretold in the Book of Mormon” Elder L. Tom Perry Ensign Dec. 2012

Joseph’s letter to Emma June 2, 1834. Background: Wilford Woodruff shows oversized thigh bone of Zelph he carried in his wagon during Zion’s Camp March. Art by Ken Corbett

The Book of Mormon indeed speaks of the land of the United States of America. Not Russia, not Guatemala, not England, not Canada or Mexico, but the choice land of the United States of America where Adam was placed and the same place the New Jerusalem will be built. I cannot and will not doubt the hundreds (list here) of prophets and apostles that have agreed that the Book of Mormon began in the Heartland. I can’t find one quote where Joseph Smith said the Book of Mormon began in Mesoamerica. Not even the quote in the Times and Seasons found in the Gospel Essay’s, (Linked below) is proven to be Joseph’s words. But the quote in the letter from Joseph to his wife Emma on June 2, 1834 when he said, “a proof of its divine authenticity“, also quoted later, says it all.

Below is from Moroni’s America page 318-9

Here’s Wright’s explanation: [Mark Wright is a strong believer of the Mesoamerican theory]

“Likewise, the “plains of the Nephites” are never mentioned in the Book of Mormon. To be sure, there are “plains” mentioned between the cities Bountiful and Mulek in Alma 52:20, and we read of the “plains of Nephihah” in Alma 62:18, but the general term “plains of the Nephites” is absent from the Book of Mormon. Because there are multiple plains attested to in the text, the general phrase “plains of the Nephites” is too vague to be of any use in pinpointing it geographically. Even among the Jaredites we read of the “plains of Heshlon” (Ether 13:28) and the “plains of Agosh” (Ether 14:15), but significantly, never just “the plains of the Jaredites.” Plains in the text of the Book of Mormon are always attached to a specific city. Those in Joseph’s letter to Emma are not.”

Neville says, “Wright overlooks two obvious points. First, Joseph could have been referring to all of the plains mentioned in the Book of Mormon. After all, he had traversed Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois—a distance of over 650 miles, most of it consisting of plains—by the time he wrote the letter to Emma. Why would he feel compelled to cite specific names from the text, especially when one of the plains Wright himself refers to was not named? Second, Joseph’s mother related how Joseph described the Nephites as if he had lived among them. He could have been aware of additional Nephite plains not specifically named in the Book of Mormon. If so, and if he knew he had just crossed them, one would expect him to describe them as plains, plural, just as he did. In this connection, Wright quotes but avoids addressing the balance of Joseph’s letter, in which Joseph wrote that he spent the time “recounting occasionally the history of the Book of Mormon, roving over the mounds of that once beloved people of the Lord, picking up their skulls & their bones, as proof of its divine authenticity.” In Wright’s view, Joseph was recounting the history of Mesoamerica, picking up skulls and bones in Ohio as proof of the divine authenticity of a Mesoamerican record.

Despite these problems applying the hinterlands approach to North America, the hinterlands approach has many promising implications and suggests new avenues for additional research—especially if it is applied in the opposite direction. I propose that the text of the Book of Mormon, considered in light of the historical, geographical, archaeological, and geological evidence, points to Mesoamerica as the hinterlands to the Book of Mormon narrative. Under this approach, the bulk of the narrative, from the land of Nephi to Zarahemla to Cumorah, took place in North America.

In Mormon’s Codex,[ii] John Sorenson proposed using filters to assess any proposed setting. It’s an effective approach, so this chapter applies the filters Sorenson formulated, along with three additional filters based on the text of the Book of Mormon itself. It thus sets aside the Times and Seasons articles and other extra-textual statements to focus on the merits of Mesoamerican theories based on the text of the Book of Mormon and other scriptures.” Moroni’s America Page 318-319

[i] Ibid, p. 118. Wright erroneously claims Joseph’s letter “was actually penned by James Mulholland and then signed by Joseph.” His citation to the Joseph Smith Papers explains that the version of the letter is in Mulholland’s handwriting, but it is found in JS Letterbook 2, which is a book containing copies of Joseph’s correspondence—not the actual correspondence. Mulholland was one of seven scribes who copied material into Letterbook 2. Mulholland was not a participant on Zion’s Camp and could not have written the original letter.

[ii] John L. Sorenson, Mormon’s Codex (Deseret Book, Salt Lake City, UT 2013), pp. 20-21.

Who was in the First Presidency of the High Priesthood?

If you answer the title question “Who was in the First Presidency of the High Priesthood?”, you are wrong if you say:
Joseph Smith

Frederick G. Williams
Sidney Rigdon…

The FIRST, First Presidency was:

Joseph Smith 

Jesse Gause (Pronounced like house. No known photo of Jesse Gause)
Sidney Rigdon

I was visiting my good friend named Steven Blake at his home in Midvale, Ut this week. He is an amazing artist of historical items, especially of the Book of Mormon. He does not paint, he creates replicas of scriptures, canes, swords, knives, spears, leather bags of the pioneer days etc.

I have several of his replicas myself and they are very well done. Here are pictures of some of his work.


 

Steve Blake has been given permission from the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, and specifically Elder Dallin H. Oaks over 20 years ago, to create replicas of the Books of Mormon and was allowed to copy prominent peoples signatures to place inside of these books. Some of the signatures he was given to copy are seen below:


While I was looking inside of one of the pictures of signatures, I noticed his replica signatures had a name I had never know about. the name as a member of the First Presidency said, Jesse Gause. I was very surprised as I had not remembered hearing that name, so I began to investigate. That is why I share the information below in the article.

Presidency of the High Priesthood

This Presidency of the High Priesthood was the forerunner to the First Presidency of the Church. I asked Grok the question, “what was the first, first presidency of the Mormon church?” Here is what Grok said,

“The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (commonly called the Mormon Church) was officially organized on April 6, 1830, in Fayette, New York. At that time, no formal three-man First Presidency existed. Instead, the highest leadership was simply:

Joseph Smith – sustained as First Elder
Oliver Cowdery – sustained as Second Elder

These titles come directly from Doctrine and Covenants 20:2–3 (revealed before the Church was organized) and were unanimously approved by the six founding members present.

For the first two years, Joseph Smith led the Church alone as its prophet and “first elder,” with Oliver Cowdery as his closest associate. A formal First Presidency of three was not organized until March 8, 1832, when Joseph Smith chose:

Jesse Gause (first counselor)
Sidney Rigdon (second counselor)

Gause was excommunicated later that year and replaced by Frederick G. Williams in 1833. So, in 1830 itself, the three key leaders people sometimes think of are Joseph Smith, Oliver Cowdery, and (later in the year) Sidney Rigdon, but Rigdon was not yet a counselor and the official First Presidency did not yet exist.” Grok AI Nov 4, 2025

QUESTION
“How do you explain the Church publishing D&C 81 with Frederick G. Williams’ name inserted, when the revelation was originally
given to Jesse Gause?  Didn’t Williams deserve his own revelation rather than this already “used” one?

Mission calls are also given through inspiration from heaven, but the First Presidency doesn’t find it necessary to create new wording for each one. The same instructions that were suitable for Jesse Gause were perfectly fine for Frederick G. Williams, who would fill the same position and have the same responsibilities.” https://latterdaysaintandhappy.com/points-to-ponder-in-dc-81-83/

Jesse Gause: Counselor to the Prophet D&C 81

by Robin Scott Jensen

“The early Church underwent significant changes to its organization in a relatively short period of time. Many of these changes can be tracked by reading the early revelations given to individuals in the Doctrine and Covenants. For modern readers, some of the earliest revelations reference lesser-known organizations or individuals. One such revelation, given on March 15, 1832 (now Doctrine and Covenants 81), was given to a relatively unknown figure from Church history: Jesse Gause. Born in 1784, Jesse Gause was raised in Pennsylvania and lived for a time in Delaware. He joined the Society of Friends (the Quakers) in 1806, married Martha Johnson in 1815, and had moved to Ohio by the following year. Five years later, he returned to Delaware. After the death of his first wife in 1828, he moved closer to his extended family—who were members of the United Society of Believers in Christ’s Second Appearing (the Shakers)—for help in supporting his children. By 1829, he had joined the Shaker faith. He remarried in 1830 to Minerva Eliza Byram and settled in a Shaker community in North Union, Ohio, just 15 miles from Kirtland, Ohio.

Exactly how Jesse came to be baptized is unknown, but he quickly gained Joseph Smith’s trust and rose to prominence in the Church. On March 8, 1832, at Hiram, Ohio, Gause and Sidney Rigdon were appointed counselors to Joseph Smith in the newly formed presidency of the high priesthood. Joseph’s own appointment as president of the high priesthood had taken place in January. This presidency was the forerunner to the First Presidency of the Church.

Gause not only acted as a counselor to Joseph Smith, but he also served a mission, traveled to Missouri on Church business, and served as a scribe on the Bible revision project, later known as the Joseph Smith Translation. Like many other members of the early Church, he showed his dedication to his new faith through his labors in helping the cause of Zion.

Sidney Rigdon, who had been baptized in Ohio in late 1830 and had served as a scribe for Joseph Smith, had already been the subject and recipient of several revelations. The revelation that is now Doctrine and Covenants 81, however, was the first one to address Jesse Gause directly. While it is unclear whether Gause specifically requested a revelation from Joseph Smith, the text gives important clarification of Gause’s duties, not just as a member of the Church but as a counselor to Joseph Smith.

The revelation informed Gause (and future readers) that the “keys of the kingdom” belong to the office of the presidency of the high priesthood—in this case, to Joseph Smith himself. It also said that Gause would be blessed if he was “faithful in counsel, in the office” to which he was appointed.

Gause was to “do the greatest good unto [his] fellow beings,” including praying publicly and preaching the gospel to members and nonmembers alike. This, he was told, would “promote the glory of him who is your Lord.” And if he remained “faithful unto the end,” he would receive a “crown of Immortality.

Perhaps surprisingly, Gause was excommunicated from the Church less than a year after the revelation admonished him to endure to the end. His virtual disappearance from the historical records following his missionary labors with Zebedee Coltrin in August 1832 make it difficult to understand why he left. Given his background in both the Quaker and Shaker faiths, it is possible that he came to have theological disagreements with Joseph Smith or other Church members—particularly as Joseph continued to update the doctrine of the Church through revelations.

Modern-day readers of Doctrine and Covenants 81 will find Jesse Gause’s name only in the section heading. By the time the revelation was published in the 1835 edition of the Doctrine and Covenants, Gause’s name had been replaced with that of the man called to take his place: Frederick G. Williams. Subsequent editions of the Doctrine and Covenants retained Williams as the recipient of this revelation. Williams, who replaced Gause as a counselor in January 1833, had been an early convert and supporter of Joseph Smith. Like Gause and Rigdon, Williams also acted as a scribe and clerk to Joseph Smith.

The written records of Joseph Smith’s early revelations underwent changes when early leaders of the Church prepared those revelatory texts for publication in the Doctrine and Covenants in 1835. The changes were logical because some of the revelations no longer reflected the current state of Church organization or doctrinal understanding. As the editors prepared the revelations for print, they likely viewed the revelation in Doctrine and Covenants 81 not merely as counsel to an individual, but rather as a more general revelation to a counselor who was to support Joseph Smith. And because Jesse Gause had left the Church, it is understandable that the editors would have substituted the name of Williams instead.

In some ways, the early revelations were snapshots in time, providing modern readers with a window to the way continuing revelation shaped the early Church. In other ways, the revelations have broader applications. Doctrine and Covenants 81 can be read today not only as an intimate revelation to an early member of the Church, but also as counsel to anyone who is willing to support the prophet.”

https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/manual/revelations-in-context/jesse-gause-counselor-to-the-prophet?lang=eng

D&C Section 81

Before the Doctrine and Covenants we had “A Book of Commandments”

Revelation given through Joseph Smith the Prophet, at Hiram, Ohio, March 15, 1832. Frederick G. Williams is called to be a high priest and a counselor in the Presidency of the High Priesthood. The historical records show that when this revelation was received in March 1832, it called Jesse Gause to the office of counselor to Joseph Smith in the Presidency. However, when he failed to continue in a manner consistent with this appointment, the call was subsequently transferred to Frederick G. Williams. The revelation (dated March 1832) should be regarded as a step toward the formal organization of the First Presidency, specifically calling for the office of counselor in that body and explaining the dignity of the appointment. Brother Gause served for a time but was excommunicated from the Church in December 1832. Brother Williams was ordained to the specified office on March 18, 1833. D&C 81 Heading

“1 Verily, verily, I say unto you my servant Frederick G. Williams: Listen to the voice of him who speaketh, to the word of the Lord your God, and hearken to the calling wherewith you are called, even to be a high priest in my church, and a counselor unto my servant Joseph Smith, Jun.;

2 Unto whom I have given the keys of the kingdom, which belong always unto the Presidency of the High Priesthood:

3 Therefore, verily I acknowledge him and will bless him, and also thee, inasmuch as thou art faithful in counsel, in the office which I have appointed unto you, in prayer always, vocally and in thy heart, in public and in private, also in thy ministry in proclaiming the gospel in the land of the living, and among thy brethren.

4 And in doing these things thou wilt do the greatest good unto thy fellow beings, and wilt promote the glory of him who is your Lord.

5 Wherefore, be faithful; stand in the office which I have appointed unto you; succor the weak, lift up the hands which hang down, and strengthen the feeble knees.

6 And if thou art faithful unto the end thou shalt have a crown of immortality, and eternal life in the mansions which I have prepared in the house of my Father.

7 Behold, and lo, these are the words of Alpha and Omega, even Jesus Christ. Amen.” D&C 81

Other articles about Jesse Gause:
https://www.jstor.org/stable/43040570
https://rsc.byu.edu/prophets-apostles-last-dispensation/jesse-gause
https://scholarsarchive.byu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1722&context=byusq

Ohio: Jaredite and Nephite Mounds; 400 B.C. to A.D. 400

I would like to share things that make sense to me. Of course I believe there was Nephite influence in Mesoamerica but not in the beginning. I just believe the Nephites began in Florida and went to Tennessee, to Missouri to Illinois to Ohio and then to NY Cumorah, where Lamanites remained who were also mixed with other Nephites and Mulekites, as well.

While Lehites and Lamanites first lived in Florida or other parts of the USA, they could have easily migrated west to the western part of the USA area and down to Mexico and to Mesoamerica eventually. I also have read in history that in about 900 AD the Mayans left their homes because of drought or disease, no one really knows, but the Mayans traveled most likely up the Mississippi River and spread all over southeast USA. As our friend Wayne May has said, he spoke with Native Americans who speak of what they called the “Snake People” to describe many Mayans, as these Mayans enslaved the Native Americans and were more powerful than the local Native Americans over 300 years, until the Native Americans regained their stronghold, and the Mayan went back to Mesoamerica. Nephite/Lamanite/Mayan mixtures were known as the Mississippian Culture in the USA from about 900 AD to about 1300 AD. That to me is a big reason that the Native Americans and the Mayans had similarities or mixed as a race.

Most of us seem to understand the period of time of the Adena and the Hopewell, and how they tie into the Jaredites and the Nephites and Mulekites timeline. I will address the mounds in Ohio as likely mounds built by previous Adena and Hopewell Cultures.

Likely the Adena lived from about 1000 BC to 300 AD and the Hopewell from about 200 BC to 500 AD in the Heartland of North America. What are called the Fort Ancient people are the continuation of the Lamanites who defeated the Nephites at Hill Cumorah. The Mississippian are people who came up from Mexico as the Mayans in about 900 Ad to conquer the original Lamanites of North America. These people were called the Snake People by the Lamanites.

After the final battles at Cumorah, we understand the Lamanites survived and the Nephites as an organized Nation became extinct. I am not saying all Nephites were killed, as many did survive. A common belief about the Nephites is its organized nation was destroyed. That doesn’t mean however that every Nephite was destroyed, with no survivors, and the entire race or group ended. However, according to the Book of Mormon, the seed of Nephi, were not completely destroyed.

You will read below some historical information about the important part that Ohio played in the history of the plausibility of the Jaredites and the Nephites it that same location of the Heartland of America.

ARCHEOLOGICAL ATLAS OF OHIO by William C. Mills

“The territory embraced within the State of Ohio probably contains a greater number of prehistoric remains than any other equal area in the Mississippi valley. The number of these earthworks has been variously estimated. Some writers have estimated the number of tumuli at 10,000 and the enclosures, etc., at 1,000 to 1,500, making the total number of earthworks more than 11,000, As a matter of fact these estimates were based upon what was known of such counties as Scioto, Ross, Pikaway, Butler, Hamilton, Warren, Washington and Licking, all of which were great centers of prehistoric activity. If all the counties in the state were dotted over with the earthworks of prehistory man, as are the counties mentioned, the estimate would be inadequate. But we find the entire northwest part of the state unsuited in prehistory times for occupancy by a prehistoric people, as the greater portion was low and swampy and at certain seasons of the year covered with water. Again the southeast part of the state was entirely too rough and hilly and the valleys of the streams small, so that agriculture was carried on with great difficulty. The valleys of the two Miamis, Scioto and Muskingum were well adapted for the abode of prehistoric man and here we find his principal monuments.”
Preface, ARCHEOLOGICAL ATLAS OF OHIO Showing the Distribution of the Various Classes of Prehistoric Remains in the State WITH A MAP OF THE PRINCIPAL INDIAN TRAILS AND TOWNS. By WILLIAM C. MILLS https://archive.org/details/ArcheologicalAtlasOfOhio/mode/2up

BEYOND SQUIER AND DAVIS: REDISCOVERING OHIO’S EARTHWORKS USING GEOPHYSICAL REMOTE SENSING 
Jarrod Burks and Robert A. Cook

“The prehistoric earthworks of Ohio have played a major role in the development of American archaeology and they continue to figure prominently in archaeological research. However, while a select group of larger earthwork sites have been intensively studied and resurveyed with geophysical survey instruments, much of the ongoing earthwork research, and reference to less-well-known sites, still relies on nineteenth- and early twentieth-century maps. In this article, we present the results of magnetic gradient surveys at three earthwork complexes in south central Ohio. Though much degraded by agricultural plowing and other historic impacts, our survey results show that despite near invisibility at the surface, Ohio’s earthwork sites are (1) readily detected in geophysical surveys, (2) more complex than most early maps suggest, and (3) more numerous and varied than once thought. Given the major role these sites have taken on in studies that explore topics ranging from community structure and burial ceremonialism to population mobility and the development of socioeconomic complexity, a radical redrafting of the nineteenth-century maps could have far-reaching implications in the study of Woodland period (specifically, ca. 300 B.C.-A.D. 500) cultures in the Midwest U.S.”

…Ohio is well known for its many prehistoric earthwork sites. These range from vast earthwork complexes covering well over a hundred acres, like the Newark Works and the less-known Portsmouth Group, to lone small circles, some not more than twenty meters across. Remarkably, nearly all of the region’s earthworks were built between about 400 B.C. and A.D. 400 and are associated with what archaeologists have referred to over the last one hundred years as the Adena and Hopewell cultures.[Jaredite and Nephite] Figure 1 shows the locations of nearly 600 earthwork sites recorded in the Archaeological Atlas of Ohio (Mills 1914). While the digital elevation model is relatively new, the distributional map of earth- works has changed little over the last 100 years (cf. Dancey 1984). Many of Ohio’s earthworks have figured very prominently in the development of American archaeology, as exemplified in the nineteenth century by Atwater (1820), MacLean (1879), Squier and Davis (1848), Thomas (1894), and Whittlesey (1850).”

Conclusions

The work of investigation has been just commenced; its future progress may, and no doubt will, result in new and perhaps more important disclosures than any hitherto made [Squier and Davis 1848:xxxix]. Obtaining the bigger picture of complex sites through remote sensing is not a problem unique to Hopewell archaeology. In other regions archaeologists are now relying on a variety of different kinds of remote sensing data to do the same: in England magnetic gradient surveys are laying bare entire Roman cities (Gaffney et al. 2000), in the rainforests of Belize LiDAR data are revealing the shrouded secrets of the Maya city of Cara- col (Chase et al. 2011), and in many parts of the world new aerial imagery accessible via the Internet, Google Earth, and other sources is resulting in a rapid pace of site discovery on a landscape scale (e.g., Pärssinen et al. 2009; Thomas et al. 2008). The maps made of Ohio earthworks in the nineteenth century with chain and compass are still today used by archaeologists as a primary data resource. Without these maps, many of these sites would never have been known to exist. How- ever, hundreds of earthwork sites were never mapped. Early aerial photography beginning in the 1930s produced amazing new images of earthworks and even detected sites previously unknown (e.g., Reeves 1936a, 1936b). In fact, the Anderson Works, a fairly large square enclosure, was found independently by two researchers in aerial photographs as recently as just a few decades ago (Anderson 1980; Pickard and Weinberger 2009). New topographic data collected for the entire state using LiDAR is an exciting new resource that, while perhaps unlikely to lead to the discovery of many new earthwork sites, is making it easier to locate sites that have become lost or have been mislocated. The biggest benefit of the new LiDAR data is that it allows us to visualize these often complex earthwork sites on the landscape and take fairly accurate measurements of their dimensions without having to collect new field data. Trying to find these earthwork sites among the many gigabytes of data is a further challenge, one we hope to one day solve with a publically accessible database of terrain models for many of the sites. Most exciting for earthwork studies is the growing body of geophysical surveys, nearly all of which have revealed important new aspects of these sites not observable in any of the other available maps, images, and datasets (Figure 11). From new enclosure shapes and gateways to entirely new earthwork complexes, geo-physical survey is considerably refining our view of the earthworks of Ohio, rediscovering them in
ways never imagined by early pioneers such as Squier and Davis.” BEYOND SQUIER AND DAVIS: REDISCOVERING OHIO’S EARTHWORKS USING GEOPHYSICAL REMOTE SENSING  Jarrod Burks and Robert A. Cook https://www.academia.edu/11784679/Beyond_Squier_and_Davis_Rediscovering_Ohios_Earthworks_Using_Geophysical_Remote_Sensing?email_work_card=view-paper

Below is much more history and archaeological verification of mounds all over Ohio. The map below is from Newark, Ohio which to me shows the complete Plan of Salvation which the ancients built as a place of sanctuary. I believe Ohio is also the likely place that Christ visited the Nephites after His resurrection in the Old World. Contact me for additional blogs for more information at: [email protected]

https://www.academia.edu/35604374/Putting_Ohio_Mounds_in_Context_Geophysical_Survey_around_Miamisburg_Mound_and_Clark_Mound

Middle Ohio Valley Prehistoric Archaeology

https://www.academia.edu/Documents/in/Middle_Ohio_Valley_Prehistoric_Archaeology?swp=tc-ri-35604374

The First Settlers: Native Peoples of the Vermilion Watershed

https://www.academia.edu/143917513/The_First_Settlers_Native_Peoples_of_the_Vermilion_Watershed

Comments on the Portsmouth “Indian Head” Rock

https://www.academia.edu/129442714/Comments_on_the_Portsmouth_Indian_Head_Rock

https://www.academia.edu/128518050/Previously_Unpublished_Historical_Maps_and_Illustrations_of_the_Portsmouth_Ohio_Prehistoric_Earthworks

https://www.academia.edu/128517735/Prehistoric_Earthwork_Complexes_of_the_Paint_Creek_Valley_Ross_County_Ohio

All Articles

https://www.academia.edu/Documents/in/Middle_Ohio_Valley_Prehistoric_Archaeology?swp=tc-ri-35604374

Tennessee- Land of Nephi

I am here suggesting some of the possible cities of today that may match up with ancient Book of Mormon cities. This blog will focus on Tennessee area, but I will cover other surrounding areas briefly as well. I base this off of the following pins on the map that are based on scripture, revelation, and the words of Joseph Smith. With this matching archaeology the words of elder Perry make sense, “The United States is the promised land foretold in the Book of Mormon—a place where divine guidance directed inspired men to create the conditions necessary for the Restoration of the gospel of Jesus Christ.” Elder L. Tom Perry Ensign Dec. 2012

1- Cumorah is Ontario County, NY D&C 128, Letter VII
2- Zarahemla in Montrose, IA  Blog,D&C 125
3- Joseph’s Letter to Emma from Atlas, IL- “Wandering over the Plains of the Nephites.”
4- The story of Zelph in Valley, City, IL, during Zion’s Camp

Other possible locations of the Nephites that are plausible based on rivers, geology, text, archaeology, wind currents, available ores, days of travel, latitudes, and other criteria are below. I have no desire to convince anyone, but to allow you the opportunity to travel a possible route to help make sense of the geography.

1- Lehi landing near Tallahassee, FL Blog
2- Nephi escaping north by the Chattahoochee River to north GA, and eastern TN Blog
3- City Nephi near the city of Chattanooga, TN
4- Amulon near Nephi with Zarahemla being about 8 days north of Helam

Amulon and Helam

Additional Geography in the Book of Mormon

Nearly all those familiar with the early statements by the Prophet touching on potential Book of Mormon lands know that he clearly indicated them to be in North America. This is evident in the historically verified accounts wherein he declared revelation such as in the Wentworth Letter, the American Revivalist Account, the Zelph Accounts and Joseph’s handwritten letter to Emma while on Zion’s camp. In addition, the prophet revealed a Nephite altar at Adam-ondi-Ahman, mentioned the land of Manti was near Huntsville, Missouri, and revealed that this land was “the borders of the Lamanites” (see D&C 54:8). Furthermore he received revelation from the Lord for the location of Zarahemla (see D&C 125:3) and New Jerusalem (see D&C 84:1-6) which Christ Himself declared to be on Book of Mormon lands (3 Nephi 20:22), both of which are absolutely located in North America. These accounts and their indications are not speculation based, but historically documented.

Revelation given through Joseph Smith the Prophet, at Nauvoo, Illinois, March 1841, concerning the Saints in the territory of Iowa. D&C 125:3-4  Let them build up a city unto my name upon the land opposite the city of Nauvoo, and let the name of Zarahemla be named upon it.

AMULON & HELAM

“AMULON (Near Old Stone Fort TN)- One of the most prominent of the degraded priests of king Noah. He undoubtedly took an active part in the martyrdom of the Prophet Abinadi, though not mentioned by name. (About B. C. 150). When king Noah was burned to death by his enraged subjects, they would have killed his priests also, but the latter fled before them into the depths of the wilderness. Here the priests hid for a lengthened period, both afraid and ashamed to return to their families. In this dilemma, being without wives, they surprised and carried off a number of Lamanite maidens, who had gathered to a much-frequented spot in the land of Shemlon, on mirth and pleasure intent. This act led to a war between the Lamanites and the Nephites in the land of Lehi-Nephi, which was soon put to an end when the trouble was understood. Amulon and his associates with their Lamanite wives settled in and commenced to cultivate the land of Amulon. There they were discovered by the Lamanite soldiery who were searching for the people of Limhi, but as they plead most abjectly for mercy, in which petitions they were joined by their Lamanite companions, the Lamanites had compassion on them and did not destroy them, because of their wives (B. C. 121). Amulon and his brethren then joined the Lamanites, and soon after the king made Amulon the ruler, under his supreme authority, of the lands of Amulon and Helam. By this appointment Amulon and his associates became the overseers of the people of Alma, and right brutally did they use their authority in oppressing the people of God, until the day that the Lord delivered them. Amulon and his brethren were also made teachers and educators of the Lamanites by king Laman. These ex-priests instructed the people in the learning of the Nephites, but they taught them nothing concerning the Lord or the law of Moses. Of Amulon’s death we have no record.” A Dictionary of the Book of Mormon by George Reynolds AMULON, LAND OF. A portion of the great wilderness tying between the lands of Zarahemla and Nephi, settled by Amulon and his associate priests of Noah. Amulon was made its tributary ruler by the reigning monarch of the Lamanites, whose sovereignty he was compelled to acknowledge. This land afterwards became a stronghold for Nephite apostates. [See Alma chapter 24:1.] A Dictionary of the Book of Mormon by George Reynolds HELAM. A Nephite of the land of Lehi-Nephi, in the days of king Noah. He accepted the teachings of Alma, the elder, and was the first man baptized by him in the waters of Mormon. One thing remarkable about his baptism is that both he and Alma were together buried in the water; and they arose and came forth out of the water rejoicing, being filled with the Spirit of God. We have no further mention of Helam; but from the fact that the land (eight days’ journey from Mormon) to which Alma and the saints soon fled, received the name of Helam from them, it is highly probable that Helam was one of the leading officers of the church established by Alma, and greatly respected by the people. HELAM, LAND OF. The country immediately surrounding the city of Helam. It lay somewhere between the cities of Lehi-Nephi and Zarahemla; eight days’ journey, for emigrants, from the former city, and fourteen from the latter. It is only mentioned in the Book of Mormon in connection with its occupancy for a few years by the persecuted people of Alma. After they left, it fell into the hands of the Lamanites and became a subdivision of the land of Nephi.” A Dictionary of the Book of Mormon by George Reynolds HELAM, CITY OF.(Near Pinson Mounds TN) The city built by the people of Alma, the elder, in the land of Helam, eight days’ journey from the waters of Mormon, in the direction of Zarahemla, when that people fled from the murderous persecutions of king Noah. After a few years of peaceful occupancy it was discovered and taken possession of by the Lamanites, and placed by the king under the rule of Amulon, one of the former priests of Noah. By him and his associates the Christian people of Helam were outrageously abused, until the Lord, in His mercy, opened up the way for their escape. These events took place, as near as can be told, between the years B. C. 147 and B. C. 122. Nothing is recorded of the history of this city after it was deserted by the people of Helam.” A Dictionary of the Book of Mormon by George Reynolds


Below I will share with you some amazing archaeological finds near the proposed cities of Amulon, Helam, and Nephi. There are hundreds of artifacts that fit into the timeline of the Book of Mormon in these areas.

SABERTOOTH CAT 7500 BC IN NASHVILLE, TN HUMAN BONES FOUND IN THE SAME GRAVE 1800 BC-33 AD

THE NASHVILLE SMILODON: AN ACCOUNT OF THE 1971 FIRST AMERICAN CENTER SITE INVESTIGATIONS IN DAVIDSON COUNTY, TENNESSEE John T. Dowd During the summer of 1971, construction activity in downtown Nashville, Tennessee exposed cave deposits containing the remains of a saber-tooth cat. Salvage excavation of the deposits by the Southeastern Indian Antiquities Survey (SIAS) yielded other early faunal remains as well, including horse, mammoth, peccary, and possibly musk ox. Human remains discovered above the early faunal remains were determined to be of much later origin. This report documents the author’s first-hand account of events surrounding the 1971 site discovery. Brief Summary of the 1977 Guilday Analysis Results The First American Center was completed in 1974 with a preserved Pleistocene cave section 30 feet under its lowest floor level. REGARDING THE HUMAN SPECIMENS, Ferguson noted “The human material represents four persons buried in prepared, rock-lined crypts near the ceiling of the cavern, in a narrow space. They were secondary , or bundle, burials and were moderately flattened on the frontal bone…. Radiocarbon dates later proved that the separation was 7,000 years or better. The Sabertooth cat had died about 9,000 years ago while the bones of the human had been buried in the fill near the top of the cave about the time of Christ. Tennessee Archaeology volume 5 summer 2010 NUMBER 1 Michael C. Moore Tennessee Division of Archaeology Kevin E. Smith Middle Tennessee State University Well over 1000 pieces of bone were found (including human) and his report lists some 520 pieces that could be identified. The fauna (and number of specimens) identified from the site included: A HUMAN tibia submitted to Geochron (Sample GX-2471) was dated at 1690 + 115 years B.P. A human tibia was also submitted to the University of Georgia Geochronology Laboratory (Betty Brandau) (Sample UGA-334). The date obtained was 2390 + 145 B.P. Given the disparity of these datings one may assume the time of Christ as central, or more generally the Woodland Period as first surmised.

Minimally they were deposited some 6,000 years after the Sabertooth and were separated by many feet of cave fill. Archaeological, geological, and radiocarbon age determination dates all indicate a wide separation in time between the deposition of the Pleistocene animal and the human bones. TWO BONE SAMPLES FROM THE SABERTOOTH cat were also sent to two different labs to see how they would match up. Rib and vertebrae fragments sent to Teledyne Isotopes (I-6125) yielded a date of 9410 + 155 years B.P. The proximal end of a humerus sent to Geochron Labs (GX- 2562) dated 10,035 + 650 years B.P.  

North American Skeletal Evidence

SABER-TOOTH CAT (119) HORSE (92) COTTONTAIL RABBIT (44) NORTHERN PINE SNAKE (41) UNIDENTIFIED SNAKE (40) RACCOON (36) BOBCAT (24) LONG-NOSED PECCARY (23) RATTLESNAKE (20) RACER (18) WHITE-TAILED DEER (12) EASTERN MOLE (8) SWAMP RABBIT (7) DEER MOUSE (5) TOAD (5) UNIDENTIFIED FISH SCALES (3) DOG (3) PINE OR PRAIRIE VOLE (3) COPPERHEAD (3) DOMESTIC HOG (2) OPOSSUM (2) POSSIBLE BISON (1) MASTODON (1) MUSK OX (1) MUD TURTLE (1) WATER SNAKE (1) GARTER SNAKE (1) WORM SNAKE (1) MILK SNAKE (1) AMERICAN COOT (1) LEAST SHREW (1) SHORT-TAILED SHREW (1) GRAY OR FOX SQUIRREL (1) POCKET GOPHER (1) STRIPED SKUNK (1)


Close-up of cave deposit from TN Archaeology article, photo by Les Leverett

Approximately 9,500 years ago (7,500 B.C), a Smilodon (Smilodon floridanus), more commonly known as a Saber-toothed Cat… entered a cave in the area of what is now downtown Nashville. It wasn’t the first creature to enter this cave, we know that a long-nosed peccary as well as mastodon entered and all met their fate. After they died, their remains lay bare on the cave floor and over the millennia the cave began to fill with boulders and other material. Eventually this material went through a dessication (drying-out) process and cracks formed. Over 30 other species of animal entered the cave and died including toads, mud turtle’s, various snakes, opossums, shrews, moles, rabbits, squirrels, gophers, dog/wolf, bobcat, bison, and deer. Native American’s of the Woodland Period also entered to bury their dead (4) in prepared, rock-lined crypts. From the period where the Smilodon entered on, the cave slowly filled with boulders and other material that washed in from above, sending some of these remains down through the cracks resulting from the desiccation, below the original level at which they laid. At some point later, possibly in more modern times, the original entrance was possibly built over sealing the contents of the cave like a time capsule. Fast forward to August of 1971… mechanical excavations were proceeding of what would become the foundation of the then First American National Bank (now the UBS Building) when one of the contractors removing blasted limestone bedrock for the building foundation noticed a bone in the bucket of his excavator. It ended up being a 9-inch long upper maxillary canine, the iconic fang of a saber tooth cat.

1,000 Bones Recovered

Once the bones were identified, Vanderbilt University and the Southeastern Indian Antiquities Survey (SIAS) were contacted and conducted excavations during the fall of 1971. More than 1,000 bones were recovered. Sadly, geologic analysis revealed that 80-90% of the cave was destroyed by construction efforts before the remains were found so it is not known how large the actual cavern was or where exactly the original entrance was. Since the find clearly generated a great deal of interest in the local community, the First American National Bank had the foresight to redesign the building to preserve the remaining intact portion of the site for future archaeological investigations. The foundation was vaulted over the remaining cave and the cave made accessible via a steel hatch and 20-foot ladder bolted into the substructure in the bank’s parking garage. The next known entry to the cave was by Larry Johnson and members of the Nashville Grotto in 1978 hoping to find remaining passages but only found only the open space. I reached out to Mr. Johnson who was kind enough to speak with me about the trip, but sadly, no photos remain from this trip. For the next several decades, a portion of the sabertooth cat remains resided in building lobby on display (then called the Regions Bank (Nashville branch), though the centerpiece skull is actually a replica cast from a Smilodon found in the La Brea Tar Pits site in California. The iconic fang is that was found at the site was not present. The location of the fang is unknown though it is thought that the human remains from the site reside at Vanderbilt University. In 1997, the National Hockey League awarded Nashville an expansion franchise and it was decided that their name and logo would be inspired by the smilodon remains that were found back in 1971. Their name became The Nashville Predators. In 2008, Tennessee Archaeologists including Aaron Deter-Wolf visited the site to see if the site was of future archaeological interest. They found that very little of the original cavern was intact and what remains was only approximately 5 feet below the base of the entrance ladder. This lies below the layers that the Smilodon was found so it was determined that it would be unlikely that any archaeological remains could be found, but there might be material of interest from a geological or paleontological perspective. More recently, the saber-toothed cat remains were moved from the UBS building to Nashville Visitor Center in the Arena tower of Bridgestone Arena and were unveiled at the November 8, 2016 game against Ottawa. In researching, attempts were made to request gain access to the First American Cave under the UBS building to allow more current photos to be taken, but building ownership declined. A special thanks to TDOA Archaeologist Aaron Deter-Wolf for his support and providing photos and information for this post. https://www.exploringthisbluedot.com/2017/05/the-nashville-predator-first-american.html


THE SOGOM SITE (40DV68): A MISSISSIPPIAN FARMSTEAD ONCOCKRILL BEND, DAVIDSON COUNTY, TENNESSEE Mark R. Norton and John B. Broster Archaeological excavations for a new state prison in Davidson County uncovered a Mississippian farmstead at the Sogom site (40Dv68). A refuse-filled pit with shell-tempered plain and cord marked ceramics near the Mississippian structure yielded a corrected radiocarbon date of cal A.D. 1033-1160. This date places the Mississippian occupation at 40Dv68 within the Dowd phase (A.D. 1050-1250). Also exposed during the limited investigations were features dating to earlier Archaic and Woodland occupations. These features include a refuse-filled pit with an uncorrected date of 6590 +/- 90 B.P., and a semi-flexed pit burial with an uncorrected date of 1250 +/- B.P. THE ENSWORTH SCHOOL SITE (40DV184): A MIDDLE ARCHAIC BENTON OCCUPATION ALONG THE HARPETH RIVER DRAINAGE IN MIDDLE TENNESSEE Aaron Deter-Wolf During the summer of 2003, TRC, Inc. conducted a burial removal project at site 40Dv184 on the grounds of the new Ensworth High School in Davidson County, Tennessee. A total of 335prehistoric features were exposed during the search for human graves. Sixty-four of these features contained human skeletal remains. Artifacts recovered during the removal project indicate an enduring use of the site area from the Early Archaic through Mississippian periods. Seven burials yielded Benton biface caches along with other lithic and bone artifacts. These caches along with additional Benton artifacts from non-mortuary pit features and surface collections indicate a significant site habitation at 40Dv184 during the late Middle Archaic Benton phase. Over two-thirds of the Benton specimens were manufactured from non-local lithic resources FIELDWORK AT SWALLOW BLUFF ISLAND MOUNDS, TENNESSEE (40HR16) IN 2003 Paul D. Welch Swallow Bluff Island, located in the Tennessee River portion of Hardin County, has two Mississippian period mounds that have been known to archaeologists for nearly 100 years. Unfortunately, erosion of the riverbank has removed most of the larger mound. A short expedition to the site in 2003 mapped the remaining part of the site, and recorded information about the stratigraphy of the large mound. The mound had been constructed in four stages, achieving a final height of 5.5 meters. To see all of the articles and pictures above, see TENNESSEE ARCHAEOLOGY Volume 1 Number 1 Summer 2004 http://www.sitemason.com/files/i7rFzG/Volume1Issue1small.pdf 
andhttps://www.tn.gov/content/dam/tn/environment/archaeology/documents/tennesseearchaeologyjournal/arch-journal_volume-1-issue-1.pdf

Anti-Nephi-Lehis in the Land of Zarahemla

“For those who have thought of the Book of Mormon geography in terms of an hourglass shape (map below right), here is a paradigm shift. Alma 22:27 says the border between the Nephites and Lamanites was a narrow strip of wilderness. Conceptually, think of it as a fence. (Picture left) (As I’ll show, it was a water barrier that acted as a border—effectively, a fence.)

Now, picture the small neck of land between the land of Nephi and the land of Zarahemla as a gate in the fence. Like many gates, the small neck of land required attention. It had to be defended. But it wasn’t the defining feature of the landscape, and it was not the narrow neck of the Jaredites… I propose that the narrow strip of wilderness is a major river—or system of rivers—that serves as an effective border.

Here is my rationale. First, Moroni tells us it is a border. The “narrow strip” element suggests a feature that is visible and obvious to people on the ground; i.e., narrow enough that observers can see how wide it is, and long and thin enough that it is not mistakable. It is a definite border, not a vague region. Second, the definitions of the terms offer similar connotations. Narrow suggests a vale, valley, or river bed. Strip suggests something that is long and thin—like a river… In the past, however—in Book of Mormon times—the Ohio River often dried up in late summer. This left the riverbed as an expanse of silt and mud. In that state, it could not be called a river. But it could still be a border, and it could still be called a narrow strip of wilderness.”  Moroni’s America page 23, 51-5

Alma 22 Geography

As you read below, follow the map as you read Alma 22:29-31 
This will enable you to understand the principle areas of the Heartland of the Unites States in relation to the text description of the geography from the Book of Mormon.

“And also there were many Lamanites on the east by the seashore, whither the Nephites had driven them. And thus the Nephites were nearly surrounded by the Lamanites; nevertheless the Nephites had taken possession of all the northern parts of the land bordering on the wilderness, at the head of the river Sidon, from the east to the west, round about on the wilderness side; on the north, even until they came to the land which they called Bountiful. 30 And it bordered upon the land which they called Desolation, it being so far northward that it came into the land which had been peopled and been destroyed, of whose bones we have spoken, which was discovered by the people of Zarahemla, it being the place of their first landing. 31 And they came from there up into the south wilderness. Thus the land on the northward was called Desolation, and the land on the southward was called Bountiful, it being the wilderness which is filled with all manner of wild animals of every kind, a part of which had come from the land northward for food.” Alma 22:29-31

Narrow Neck of Land

“It may be surprising to realize that the term “narrow neck of land” is used only once in the entire Book of Mormon. (Ether 10:20). Many think this term is the same as found in Alma 22:32 that says, “a small neck of land”. (Narrow doesn’t mean small). Besides, the narrow neck in Mesoamerica is over 140 miles wide. No location in Central America is surrounded by water because at both ends there are enormous continents. In North America, both the land of Zarahemla and the land of Nephi are nearly surrounded by water, with a small neck of land between them.” Moroni’s America page 21-22

The “Narrow Neck of Land” is a term from the Jaredite record. It makes sense to look for archaeology in Jaredite times.

There are three “Necks” in the book of Mormon

MAJOR LANDS OF ALMA
90-77 B.C. ALMA 22

AMMON AND THE ANTI-NEPHI-LEHIS 
90-77 B.C. Alma 27-28

1.Ammon persuaded the Anti-Nephi-Lehis to follow him to the land of Zarahemla. (Probably using the Tennessee River which flows west to north.
2. When they reached the wilderness (Ohio River) that divided the land of Nephi from the land of Zarahemla, the people stayed near the borders.
3. Ammon went to the city of Zarahemla (Montrose, IA across the Mississippi from Nauvoo) to arrange for a land for his converts. On both sides of the Mississippi in that area, there are hills that provide natural defensive positions.
4. Ammon obtains the land Jershon for the refugees. A perfect refuse is on the north side of the Kaskaskia River and east of the Mississippi River to protect them on either side). Moroni’s America page 161

THE LAND OF JERSHON
90-77 B.C. ALMA 27:22-24

Anti-Nephi-Lehis going down (in elevation) to Jershon from high land on either side of the river. Today Lookout Mountain, TN is 1,802 ft, the City of Chattanooga elevation is 702 ft, Paducah, KY is 338 ft, St Louis MO is 489 ft, Montrose, Iowa is 552 ft. For reference the Mississippi river runs south, the Tennessee runs north and the Ohio river runs west and the Missouri River runs east.

“The area where Ammon would have left the Anti-Nephi-Lehis is lower Illinois. The area is known today as “Little Egypt” because in 1831, northern Illinois suffered from an unusually long and cold winter, a late spring, and a killing frost on September 10. Southern Illinois was not affected, so the corn production from the area kept the north from starvation. People remembered the Biblical story of the sons of Jacob going to Egypt to buy corn, and made the comparison with southern Illinois. Perhaps similar situations arose in Nephite times. This would explain why the people of Zarahemla would use the adjective bountiful to describe the area that Jershon joins.” Moroni’s America page 164

Rivers are the Highways of the Nephites

RAMEUMPTON & HILL ONIDAH
ALMA 31-32

“For they had a place built up in the center of their synagogue, a place for standing, which was high above the head; and the top thereof would only admit one person…

18 And again we thank thee, O God, that we are a chosen and a holy people. Amen.

19 Now it came to pass that after Alma and his brethren and his sons had heard these prayers, they were astonished beyond all measure.

20 For behold, every man did go forth and offer up these same prayers.

21 Now the place was called by them Rameumptom, which, being interpreted, is the holy stand. Alma 31:13, 18-20

“And thus we see that when these Lamanites were led to believe and know the truth, they were steadfast and would suffer even death rather than commit sin; and so we see that they buried the weapons of peace, that is, they buried their weapons of war for peace.” Alma 24:19

“Now, as Alma was teaching and speaking unto the people upon the hill Onidah, there came a great multitude unto him, who were those of whom we have been speaking, of whom were poor in heart, because of their poverty as to the things of the world.” Alma 32:4

And now he had got the command of those parts of the Lamanites who were in favor of the king; and he sought to gain favor of those who were not obedient; therefore he went forward to the place which was called Onidah, for thither had all the Lamanites fled; for they discovered the army coming, and, supposing that they were coming to destroy them, therefore they fled to Onidah, to the place of arms. Alma 47:5-6

This name Onidah is very similar to Oneida which is a nation of the Iroquois Confederacy with another tribe the Onondaga of New York. The “place of arms” could very well be the place the Anti-Nephi-Lehis buried their weapons.

LAND OF ANTIONUM

“Now the Zoramites had gathered themselves together in a land which they called Antionum, which was east of the land of Zarahemla, which lay nearly bordering upon the seashore, which was south of the land of Jershon, which also bordered upon the wilderness south, which wilderness was full of the Lamanites.” Alma 31:3 (Near Paducah, KY)

Look at area on the map called Antionum. As you read the 6 steps below, Antionum must meet these 6 geographical locations.

1. East of the land of Zarahemla. (The Land Zarahemla includes Nebraska, Iowa, Illinois, and some of Indiana).
2. Nearly bordering upon the seashore. (Mississippi)
3. South of the land of Jershon. (Yes)
4. Bordered upon the wilderness south. (South of the Ohio River)
5. “Now the place was called by them Rameumpton, which, being interpreted, is the holy stand.” 
Alma 31:21 (Near Chattanooga TN which we believe is the City Lehi-Nephi). Blog Here
6. “Now, as Alma was teaching and speaking unto the people upon the hill Onidah, there came a great multitude unto him, who were those of whom we have been speaking, of whom were poor in heart, because of their poverty as to the things of the world.”  Alma 32:4

ZORAMITE CONVERTS EXILED
74 B.C. ALMA 31:3-5

1. The setting at Antionum on the Ohio River-part of the narrow strip of wilderness separating the land of Zarahemla from the land of Nephi-also explains why “the Nephites greatly feared that the Zoramites would enter into a correspondence with the Lamanites. The Ohio River separated the Nephite Lands from the Lamanite Lands. (Alma 31:3)
2. Alma’s converts from the Zoramites exiled to Jershon (Alma 35:2) Traveled west on the Ohio and then north on the Mississippi.
3. People of Ammon cross over to Land of Melek, while Zoramite converts and Nephite armies stay in Jershon to fight. (Alma 35:13) Land Melek is near today’s St Charles, MO.” Moroni’s America page 169

Hiawatha and Anti-Nephi-Lehites

The poem was published on November 10, 1855, by Ticknor and Fields and was an immediate success. In 1857, Longfellow calculated that it had sold 50,000 copies.[6]

Longfellow chose to set The Song of Hiawatha at the Pictured Rocks, one of the locations along the south shore of Lake Superior favored by narrators of the Manabozho stories. The Song presents a legend of Hiawatha and his lover Minnehaha in 22 chapters (and an Introduction). Hiawatha is not introduced until Chapter III.

In Chapter I, Hiawatha’s arrival is prophesied by a “mighty” peace-bringing leader named Gitche Manito.

Chapter II tells a legend of how the warrior Mudjekeewis became Father of the Four Winds by slaying the Great Bear of the mountains, Mishe-Mokwa. His son Wabun, the East Wind, falls in love with a maiden whom he turns into the Morning Star, Wabun-Annung. Wabun’s brother, Kabibonokka, the North Wind, bringer of autumn and winter, attacks Shingebis, “the diver”. Shingebis repels him by burning firewood, and then in a wrestling match. A third brother, Shawondasee, the South Wind, falls in love with a dandelion, mistaking it for a golden-haired maiden.

In Chapter III, in “unremembered ages”, a woman named Nokomis falls from the Moon. Nokomis gives birth to Wenonah, who grows to be a beautiful young woman. Nokomis warns her not to be seduced by the West Wind (Mudjekeewis) but she does not heed her mother, becomes pregnant and bears Hiawatha.

In the ensuing chapters, Hiawatha has childhood adventures, falls in love with Minnehaha, slays the evil magician Pearl-Feather, invents written language, discovers corn and other episodes. Minnehaha dies in a severe winter.

The poem closes with the approach of a birch canoe to Hiawatha’s village, containing “the Priest of Prayer, the Pale-face.” Hiawatha welcomes him joyously; and the “Black-Robe chief” brings word of Jesus Christ. Hiawatha and the chiefs accept the Christian message. Hiawatha bids farewell to Nokomis, the warriors, and the young men, giving them this charge: “But my guests I leave behind me/ Listen to their words of wisdom,/ Listen to the truth they tell you.” Having endorsed the Christian missionaries, he launches his canoe for the last time westward toward the sunset and departs forever.

The story of Hiawatha was dramatized by Tale Spinners for Children (UAC 11054) with Jordan Malek. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Song_of_Hiawatha

Book of Mormon as compared with Longfellow’s “Song of Hiawatha”

Thanks to my good friend Jayne Corbett for sharing this article with me.

This particular article is a reprint from an early Foundation for Research on Ancient America newsletter no. 36 dated January 14, 1981 pg. 4 written by Gordon W. Harrison, of Sharon, Pennsylvania:

There is an incident told in Alma 14, of the people of Anti-Nephi-Lehi taking their swords and all their weapons which were used for the shedding of man’s blood and burying them deep in the earth. They made a covenant with God that they would never again shed the blood of man.

It is an unlikely story, isn’t it? So unlikely, in fact, that I would be willing almost to wager that there is only one other place in all this world that such a story as that can be found. That is in Longfellow’s “Song of Hiawatha.”

I had a little of “Hiawatha” in high school. About all I could remember of it was their God Gitche Manito, Nokomis and the shores of Gitche Gumee, Hiawatha’s birch bark canoe and Minnehaha. I had never read all of the poem but I liked what I read so well that I could not forget it. Many years later, after I had become a member of the Reorgnized Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints, and had become familiar with the Book of Mormon, thoughts of Hiawatha came back to me and I inquired about it at the library. I took home a book of Longfellow’s poems with “The Song of Hiawatha” in it.

I began reading, without the slightest idea of what I was going to find. I had not read very far before I discovered that I was receiving one of the greatest surprises of my life, for I was actually reading a short version of much of the Book of Mormon. With poetic license, Longfellow tells what the Indians believed in the way of legends and traditions as they were handed down through the ages, and of the things that had happened in the lives of their forefathers in the long ago.

They believed in God who was their Creator and Master of Life. It was he who gave them everything. Hiawatha was their prophet and teacher and deliverer. He had a wondrous birth and being, much different from anyone else’s. In the first chapter God calls all the Indian tribes together and reprimands them for their fighting. He commands them to be at peace with one another and to live together as brothers, and counsels them in these words:

“I will send a Prophet to you, a Deliverer of the nations, who shall guide you and shall teach you, who shall toil and suffer with you. If you listen to his counsels, you will multiply and prosper; if his warnings pass unheeded, you will fade away and perish!”

He commanded them to bathe in the stream before them and wash themselves clean, which they did. This referred, no doubt, to their baptism, as it was remembered. God commanded them at the same time to bury their war-clubs and weapons (so like the people of Anti-Nephi-Lehis):

“Then upon the ground the warriors threw their cloaks and shirts of deer-skin, threw their weapons and their war-gear, leaped into the rushing river, washed the war-paint from their faces. Clear above them flowed the water, clear and limpid from the footprints of the Master of Life descending; dark below them flowed the water, soiled and stained with streaks of crimson, as if blood were mingled with it!” If we could see the water after our baptism, as God sees it, maybe it would look that way, too.

“From the river came the warriors, clean and washed from all their war-paint; on the banks their clubs they buried, buried all their warlike weapons. Gitche Manito, the mighty, the Great Spirit, the creator, smiled upon his helpless children!”
Where else can you read a story like that except in the Book of Mormon? And about the same people!

I suggest that you read “The Song of Hiawatha” studiously. You will find many things in it similar to the Book of Mormon. Longfellow said he got these legends and traditions from the Indians and he published his poem in 1855. Joseph Smith got his record from God and published it in 1830.

Longfellow’s poem, Chapter 5, tells about Hiawatha’s prayer and fasting. Chapter 6 tells about the singer, singing of death, and life undying, in the land of the Hereafter. So the Indians knew about that. Chapter 13 says, “Buried was the bloody hatchet,” and “the dreadful war-club,” and all the “war-like weapons.” The warcry was forgotten and there was peace among the nations. They went about their hunting and their possessions were unmolested. Was this the “Golden Age” of the Nephites?

There are to many similarities in these two stories, about the same people, to be just a coincidence. Don’t you think so, too? http://www.centerplace.org/library/bofm/hiawatha.htm